DMCC API

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700

Name	Type	Level	Version	Set/Get	Args	Range	Meaning	Description	Support
LIGHT.BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	Direct Polarized Diffuse	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the light banks on the DM8700 DX. The possible values are ON and OFF for each bank. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.BANKS ON OFF OFF if you want to have the Direct illumination on. You can enable both the Direct and Polarized banks at once, but the Diffuse bank can only be enabled exclusively.	DM8700 DX
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	6.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-2]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked	Setup Programming Target. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM8700
HPIT.DISTANCE-BASED-TRIGGER-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enable, if the current operation mode is single (external), burst (external), or continuous (external), the HPIT ToF will generate an automated trigger on signal when an object is detected inside the bounds set by the max and min distance (see: HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM and HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM). The trigger will automatically go off if an out of range is detected while the trigger is ON, or if the trigger has finished its decoding task.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.NESW-BANKING-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow switching between default N - Corners - S - EW banking and NESW banking in HPIT hw v1.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPITv1.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-COUNT	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	count		Number of samples used on the average	Compute the reference for out of range features (out of range indication, clamp distance, in range trigger) as a function of the average value of the samples defined in COUNT.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-SLIDING-AVG-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables the use of average references for out of range features.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
LTF.CHANNEL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	SET	channel state	[HPT channel \| *] [ON\|OFF]	Specify the name of the HPT channel. '*' means all available channels. enable/disable	Set the given trace channel to enabled or disabled. Affects only the default LTF session.	ALL
LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8		address		IP address of Linux machine running a LTTng relay daemon. If using devbox, it is the Windows IP (the ports are forwarded). Must be string.	Create a trace session on the device and redirect its output to the given IP address. Only one can exist on a device.	ALL
LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Destroy the current remote trace session on the device.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-CRASH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the trace log that was saved on firmware restart. Fails if no log exists. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.FETCH-LOG	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8					Fetch the current trace log on the RAM disk. Sends binary result. Clears log.	ALL
LTF.REMOTE-STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-1]	0: inactive (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS never called or was followed by LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS) 1: active (LTF.CREATE-REMOTE-SESS was called with no following LTF.DESTROY-REMOTE-SESS).	Check if the remote session is active.	ALL
LTF.STATUS	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.8	GET	int	[0-3]	0: session is inactive 1: session is active, log is available 2: session is inactive, crash log is available 3: session is active, crash log is available	Check the current state of the default LTF session.	ALL
COREBOOST.ENABLED	System	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	This command changes CPU frequency to 1500 MHZ. CoreBoost Feature key is required.	DM470 series readers
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the expanded focus functionality. When active, the lens scans in equal power steps around a defined power increasing the DoF at a slight decrease of readout time.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-POWER-LIMIT-CDPT	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	optical_power_cdpt	[5-255]	Optical power in centi-diopter	Returns/Sets the maximum optical power to be searched when the feature is active. A value of 25 means that the search zone goes from -0.25 to 0.25 dpt around the defined optical power of the liquid lens.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.EXPANDED-FOCUS-STEPS	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	steps	[3-21]	Steps to be evaluated. The value must be odd.	Sets/Gets the number of steps to be used during the expanded focus routine.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-AFTERGLOW-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the afterglow. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-AFTERGLOW	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 10000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the afterglow functionality with a given time length. As default the good read is enabled with a length of 6500us. Note, that this functionality is available only when HFL is active.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-CONFIG-RIGHT-INDICATOR	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	OUTPUT_NUMBER state TIME_LENGTH_US	[0-27] [ON\|OFF] [0 - 20000]	0 = Good read 1 = Bad read 2 = Reader programming 3 = Reader programming failure 4 = Reader programming 5 = Offline buffer low 6 = Offline buffer full 7 = Out of range 8 = Validation failure 9 = Consecutive bad read 10 = Image buffer overrun 11 = Trigger overrun 12 = Symbology learn success 13 = Symbology learn failure 14 = Train focus started 15 = Train focus success 16 = Train focus failure 17 = Optimize brightness started 18 = Optimize brightness success (Grade A) 19 = Optimize brightness success (Grade B) 20 = Optimize brightness success (Grade C) 21 = Optimize brightness failure 22 = Trigger detected 23 = Learn trigger detected 24 = Height sensor error 25 = Devlog error 26 = User event 1 27 = User event 2 enable/disable microseconds	Enable/Disable the use of the right HPIT indicator functionality with a given time length. As a default, none of the outputs is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.OUTPUT-RIGHT-IND-ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Global enable/disable for the communication outputs available for the right HPIT indicator. As a default, the global control is enabled.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the fixed focus distance used for the clamp focus functionality.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-CLAMP-FOCUS-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the clamp focus functionality. When active, if the target is out of range, the liquid lens focuses at a distance the user defines (default 500 mm).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-ENABLED	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets/Gets the out of range detection state.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MAX-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[500-4000]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the maximum distance at which a target is considered out of range.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.RANGE-DETECTION-MIN-DISTANCE-MM	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	distance_mm	[150-3500]	Distance in mm	Sets/Gets the minimum distance at which a target is considered within range. This value should be lower than the max distance.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET		[0\|4]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High 3: Very High 4: Ultra High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM370, DM470, DM8700.
QR.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.1.7	SET\|GET	damage level	[2-4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
QR.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.7	SET\|GET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned QR decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.LENS-CONTROL	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	control-type	[0-1]	0 : Manual 1 : Auto-focus	Switches between liquid lens manual ("fixed") mode and auto-focus ("distance guided") mode. The auto-focus mode requires the presence of a height sensor.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
FOCUS.STORE-RECALIBRATION	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	on/off is for GET only	When the command is called with SET, it creates a calibration reference to the new calibration point that will not be rewritten in case the device is set to factory defaults. When used with GET, it will return whether the reference configuration for the particular lens unit is found on the device and if it is currently in use. It is possible to go to the factory configuration by executing focus.recalibrate off.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.AUTOFOCUS-CONTROL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the auto-focus (ToF guided focus) functionality. During auto-focus, all manual changes of focus are disabled and the height sensor measurement is used as a reference for the focus distance. For minimum target sizes please refer to the manual.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-RANGE-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0 = Short 1 = Long	Changes the ranging distance between short (1.3m maximum range) and long modes (4m maximum range) .	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.TOF-ROI	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	XL XR YT YB	[XL, XR, YT, YB]	XL (x-left) = [0 to 13] XR (x-right) = [2 to 15] YT (y-top) = [2 to 15] YB (y-bottom) = [0 to 13]	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y top and y bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.TOF-TIME-BUDGET	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR2	SET\|GET	time_budget	[0-6]	0 = 15ms 1 = 20ms 2 = 33ms 3 = 50ms 4 = 100ms 5 = 200ms 6 = 500ms	Changes the ToF RoI according to the selected coordinates x-left, x-right, y-top and y-bottom. Notice that changing the ROI may affect the accuracy of the measurement.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.AUTOFOCUS.MID-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled Mid-range mode on MX-1502 ER and XR devices.	MX-1502 ER and XR
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-ENABLED	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/Disables the distance guided gain compensation used when the autofocus and short exposure times are on (only available when HFL is active).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
HPIT.DISTANCE-GUIDED-GAIN-THR	Image	PRIVATE	6.1.6 SR1	SET\|GET	threshold_percent	[5-200]	Threshold in percent	Sets/Gets the percent of distance change necessary to allow a gain change. (Requires a brightness optimization before enabling the feature).	DM370 series, DM470 series readers with HPIT.
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-251.18]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: Global	HDR mode	DM370 series readers.
DATAMATRIX.TYPE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[1-3]	1 = DataMatrix only 2 = DMRE 3 = Both	Set support level for DataMatrix and/or DataMatrix Rectangular Extensions.	ALL
DECODER.1D-DECODE-STRICTNESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET		[0-2]	0 = Conservative 1 = Moderate 2 = Tolerant	Selects which 1D decoding strictness mode to use. The default is 1 ("Moderate"). With setting 0 ("Conservative"), misreads are reduced, with 2 ("Tolerant"), no-reads are reduced. With setting 1 ("Moderate") this is balanced.	ALL
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.
HEIGHT-SENSOR.CURRENT-MEASUREMENT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET		[0-4000]	Distance from the C-Mount Flange in mm	Returns the read out of the ToF range distance in mm.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.FRONT-COVER	Communication	PUBLIC	6.1.6	GET	COVER_TYPE	[0-15]	0 = No cover 1 = Cross polarized NEWC Linear Polarized S 2 = Clear cover 3 = Undefined 4 = Diffused 8 = PECTEN	Gets the enumeration value corresponding to the front cover.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-MODE	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID IND_MODE	[0-1] [0-1]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator 0 = OFF 1 = ON	Allows to control the LED indicators located in Torch according to the selected mode. This command is intended only for usability testing.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
HPIT.INDICATOR-ON-TIME-US	Action	PRIVATE	6.1.6	SET\|GET	IND_ID TIME_US	[0-1] [100-10000]	0 = Left indicator 1 = Right indicator	Allows to control the Indicator0 (Green LED) on time to be executed in the following illumination pulse after an event has been detected.	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	state	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Enables or disables the aimer.	DM370 series, DM470 readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.6	SET\|GET	North Corners South East-West	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Enables or disables the HPIT quadrants in the order established in the column "Args".	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
DECODER.ALL-SYMBOLOGIES	Symbology	PRIVATE	6.1.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Enables reading of unsupported symbologies on larger sensors.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-ESTIMATED-SCENE-KEY	Camera	PRIVATE	6.1.0	SET\|GET	estimated scene key	[0-4095]		Estimated scene key parameter for HDR	DM370 series, DM470 series readers.
CAMERA.HDR-MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.1.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Global 2: Local	HDR mode	DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.CPU	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				CPU Temperature in °C.	DM370 and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.LL	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Liquid lens Temperature in °C. Only available if a Liquid lens is present.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
TEMPERATURE.SENSOR	System	PRIVATE	6.1.0	GET				Get Imager Temperature in °C. Only available if compatible image sensor is present. Readout can interfere with image acquisition.	DM370 series and DM470 series readers.
DATAMATRIX.IDMAX-SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has different PPM than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Active when IDMax is enabled.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.SCALE-UNCERTAINTY-PERCENTAGE	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	percentage			Specifies Scale Uncertainty Percentage. It is a parameter that allows or limits the tuned DataMatrix decoder to examine code that has a PPM different than the originally tuned code. The percentage should be (PPM1-PPM2)/PPM1 * 100. Used when IDQuick decoder is enabled.	ALL
FOCUS.CALIBRATE	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1					Compute C-mount flange distance for early units and store in manufacturing data.	DM370, DM470 series readers.
MONITOR-MODE.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	6.0.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable monitor mode.	ALL
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	GET				The PC (host) sends this command to the reader to initiate the unlocking mechanism. As a response, the reader sends back a 32 byte random challenge to the PC.	DM370, DM470
SSH.UNLOCK	Action	PRIVATE	6.0.1	SET	signature of the challenge			The argument is the signature of the random challenge generated by the reader and signed with a public key on the PC side. The reader then verifies that the challenge was signed with the proper key and sent back in one minute. In this case, the SSH service is started on the reader, otherwise, an invalid parameter error is returned.	DM370, DM470
CODABAR.XMT-START-STOP-CHAR	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable transmitting start and stop character as part of the decoded string.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.1D-SHORT-HEIGHT-CODES	Decoder	PRIVATE	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Enable OFF: Disable	Enable or disable Short Height Codes.	Ethernet readers
DECODER.CENTERING-WINDOW	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	center x perc, center y perc, size x perc, size y perc	[0-100]	Percentage	Location and size of centering window as a percentage of the sensor size.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.DISPLAY-TARGET	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Displays centering window graphics.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DECODER.USE-CENTERING	Decoder	PUBLIC	6.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	Enable/Disable	Only reads codes within the centering window.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000 series
DEVICE.VARIANT	System	PUBLIC	5.7.9 SR1	GET				Gets the device variant preceded by the device type, for example MX-1502 LR, MX-1502 ER.	MX-1000 and MX-1502 series readers.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns on/off light banks for the 8072V. Verification should only take place with lighting combinations that can be described as 30 single, 30T (opposite sides), 30Q (all 30 panels), 45Q (all 45 panels), or 90. Other lighting combinations are allowed by the firmware, but will not result in valid verification result.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.AG-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the AG (average grade) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.ANU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the ANU (axial non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.DECODE-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the DECODE grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.FPD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the FPD (fixed pattern damage) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.GNU-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the GNU (grid non-uniformity) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.MOD-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the MOD (modulation) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.RM-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the RM grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.SC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the SC (symbol contrast) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) score from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
TRUCHECK.UEC-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.7	GET				Returns the UEC (unused error correction) grade from the last verification attempt.	DM8072 Verifier
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM50, DM60, DM150
DECODER.ALLOW-ALL-MST-RESULTS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables re-read delay processing for slave results.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM70, DM150, DM260
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	ms	[0-60000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds. The upper limit exceeding 10000 is only available from the 5.7.3 version on.	ALL
FOCUS.SWEEP-POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	Optical Power for near distance Optical Power for far distance	liquid lens specific liquid lens specific	Optical Power in Diopters Optical Power in Diopters	Returns near (first value) and far (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens.
IMAGEBUFFER.AUTO-PREFER-CENTER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET				Controls whether to use the decoders best symbol or the symbol closer to the ROI center.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST-EFP-OUTPUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables mrs-test messages on the Industrial Protocol interfaces.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-DISTANCE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	int	[0-1000000]	Distance	The distance for a master slave timeout.	DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.7.3	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Time 1: Distance	Controls if the mater slave response timeout will be time or distance based.	DM60, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ANDROID.AOA-SWITCH-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	timeout [ms]	0-3600000	Timeout in milliseconds.	After boot the MX device won’t switch to AOA mode for this amount of time.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.ROLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	role	0-2	0: Auto 1: Device 2: AOA	Sets the USB role of the MX device when in Android mode.	MX-1000, MX-1502
ANDROID.USB-ROLE-CHANGE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1	SET\|GET	enabled timeout	[ON\|OFF]	ON: (default) role change enabled, reader operates as usual OFF: role change disabled, reader stays in device mode Timeout in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	Disables the USB role change. If role change is disabled, the reader stays in device mode, meaning the phone is not charged. If the role change is disabled, a timeout must be provided in seconds after which the role change is automatically enabled again.	ALL
BEEPER.ENABLED	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enable/disable beeper in general.	All
C11.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable (default)	Code 11 Check Character	Mobile
C11.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: disable 1: enable (default)		Mobile
C11.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 11 Code Size	ALL
DECODER.EFFORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Sets the effort level used by the decoding algorithms. Default is 2.	All
DECODER.MAC-SCAN-TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-60]			DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150 DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, MX-1000, MX1502
DECODER.TARGET-DECODING	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable target decoding, where the reader attempts to symbols that lie only under the aiming dots.	MX-1000, MX-1502 series readers.
FLASH.AT70-INIT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.1		magic	647391673	Magic number	This command clears AT70 Config block in flash memory.	AT70 based devices
FOCUS.POWER-RANGE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1	GET	Optical Power	[liquid lens specific]	Optical Power in Diopters	Return minimum (first value) and maximun (second value) optical power values.	Readers with Liquid Lens
IMAGE.FETCH	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.1		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG quality	Acquires an image and transfers it.
MONITOR-MODE.AUTOEXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable autoregulation while in monitor mode.	ALL
MONITOR-MODE.DECODE-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.C11	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 11 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.COOP	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.IATA	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.INVERTED	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
SYMBOL.ITF14	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN13	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN13.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-A	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-A enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPC-E	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPC-E enabled.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 enabled.	ALL
AZTEC.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size polarity	[15-151] [1-1000] [0-2]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either	Set training parameters for Aztec symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
BACKUP.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader backup.	ALL
BEEP.GLOBAL-ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	This command will disable all beeps on the DataMan product.	DM8050, DM8600
CAMERA.GAIN-LIMIT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-max_gain]	1.00-max_gain: The maximum gain to use	Controls the maximum gain the tuning and auto-regulation process uses to find the best reader settings. Useful to limit noise in Images.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.ALTERNATE-MODE-DISABLE	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: alternate mode cable detection enabled OFF: alternate mode cable detection disabled	Disables alternate mode cable detection.	DM70
COM.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	0..1	0: Off 1: RTS/CTS	Sets hardware handshake type of serial port.	Devices with RTS/CTS lines
CONFIG.EXPORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Exports a human readable version of the current reader configuration.	ALL
DEVICE.DESCRIPTION	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[0-127]	description	Store device description for inventory management.	ALL
DEVICE.TIMEZONE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	timezone	Location or POSIX timezone		Get or set the timezone for local time.	All
ENCODER.DOUBLE-RATE	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	boolean	[ON\|OFF]	Edge detection	If set to ON, Encoder will count both edges on the Encoder Input line. If set to OFF, Encoder will count only the selected edge.	DM503
ERROR-LED.ON-TIME-MS	System	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration			Sets the duration for the Error LED in ms. Use 0 for unlimited duration.	All devices with an error LED.
FILE.SAVE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0		filename			This command can be used to load file from flash, e.g. FILE.SEND "/files/vs.cfg".	ALL
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	value	[ON\|OFF]	Extended Focus Range	Indicates that the reader operates in the extended focus range of ON. In this mode GET FOCUS.DISTANCE will return with an error.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.EXTENDED-RANGE-START	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	distance	[50..4000]	define start of extended range	Defines the start of the extended focus range. Above this distance only optical power can be used to control the Liquid Lens.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.POWER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	optical power	[-6.0 .. 20.00]	Optical Power in Diopters	Conrols the optical power of the liquid lens. The actual range is dependent on the hardware and on manufacturing tolerances.	Fixed-mount readers with Liquid Lens
FOCUS.PRECISION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	settle mode	[0..1]	0: normal focus control 1: precise focus control	Controls the liquid lens focus control between normal focus control and slow but more precise mode.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.PROGRESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: focus progress on OFF: focus progress off	Enable transfer of intermittent focus images during adjust focus.	Fixed mount readers with a liquid lens.
FOCUS.TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATION	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF		Enable or disable the temperature compensation for the liquid lense HSLC.	Fixed mount readers with a Liquid Lens.
FTP-PCM-REPORT.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enable/disable customize file name generation (if disabled the FTP server has to generate a unique name).	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	ON/OFF		Enable or disable a PCM Report FTP connection.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of PCM Report.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Enables PCM report file name generation by script.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	ON/OFF	enable disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server	IP address or DNS name		Set the PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to PCM report file name.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			PASSWORD used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		PCM Report FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP PCM report file name generation.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for PCM Reports which has to be named by the FTP Server.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP(encrypted)	FTP server type.	Ethernet readers
FTP-PCM-REPORT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target PCM Report FTP server.	Ethernet readers
HPT.CHANNEL-ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	channel_name, state	[ON\|OFF] string, [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Channel name. Switch state.	Enables or disables a given HPT log channel.	ALL
HPT.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	GET				Retrieves the HPT log as a binary file content.	ALL
LIGHT.LOW-ANGLE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable low-angle illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD low-angle illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable on-axis illumination	Controls the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHT.ON-AXIS-INTENSITY	Camera	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	intensity	[0..3]	on-axis illumination intensity	Controls the intensity of the DM262 UHD on-axis illumination.	DM262
LIGHTRING.DURATION	IO	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	duration	[0..10000]	0: Default behavior 10..10000: duration of lightring event in ms, step 10 ms	Controls the duration of the lightring illumination event.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503
MAXICODE.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	module size	[1-1000]	Module size * 10	Set training parameters for MaxiCode symbology.	Fixed-mount readers
MOTION-DETECTION.ACTIVE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Active or Lights Off OFF: Inactive or Lights On	Allows checking the current state of motion detection for presentation or self-internal trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470
MOTION-DETECTION.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Enables or disables motion detection for Presentation trigger mode.	DM50, DN60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.INIT-STATE	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: motion detection is default state\n; OFF: switch to motion detection state after timeout	Specify the motion detection default state.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.SENSITIVITY	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0\|2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Sets or gets the motion detection sensitivity level when in presentation mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM503.
MOTION-DETECTION.TIMEOUT	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET		[0 - 3600]	sec	Time after the reader switches into the motion detection mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
NET-LOCAL.PCAP	System	PRIVATE	5.7.0	SET\|GET	interface		interface	Retrieves packet capturing buffer.	ALL
NTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables NTP.	All
NTP.SERVER1	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 1.	All
NTP.SERVER2	Communication	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	server		IP address or DNS name	Set the NTP server 2.	All
PCM-RESULT-STRING.EXTEND	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]		Enable or disable extending the result string with metric information.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-FORMAT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Grade 1: Value 2: Grade + Value	Set the format of a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-PREFIX	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: None 1: Acronym 2: Name	Defines the prefix for a single metric entry.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.METRIC-SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the metric separator.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.OVERALL-GRADE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	enable	Enables or disables showing the overall grade in at the beginning of the result string.	Ethernet readers.
PCM-RESULT-STRING.SEPARATOR	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string			Defines the main separator between result data and metric section.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.CUSTOM-DESCRIPTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	string				Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-OVERALL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: use for overall calculation OFF: do not use for overall calculation	Use the the metric grading result for calculating the overall result if enabled (e.g. AIM-DPM → Symbol Contrast → Use for Overall Calculation = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-REPORT	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type state	[0-5] [0-27] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 26: Contrast Uniformity 27: Reflectance Margin ON: include in report OFF: do not include in report	Include the metric grading result for selected quality standard and metric in the report if enabled. Only available if not use for overall calculation (e.g. ISO-IEC 15415 → Modulation → Show in Report = ON) Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (0, 4, 8, 9, 22, 23, 24, 25), SemiT10 (1, 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8).	Ethernet readers.
PCM.METRIC-PARM-THRESHOLD	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type type grade value	[0-5] [0-25] [1-4] [0-1000]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: Symbol Contrast 1: Axial Non Uniformity 2: Print Growth 3: UEC 4: Modulation 5: Fixed Pattern Damage 6: Grid Non Uniformity 7: Extreme Reflectance 8: Reflect Min 9: Edge Contrast Min 10: Single Scan Int 11: Multi Scan Int 12: Signal To Noise Ratio 13: Horizontal Mark Growth 14: Vertical Mark Growth 15: Data Matrix Cell Width 16: Data Matrix Cell Height 17: Horizontal Mark Misplacement 18: Vertical Mark Misplacement 19: Cell Defects 20: Finder Pattern Defects 21: Overall Grade 22: Edge Determination 23: Defects 24: Reference Decode 25: Decodability 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A Threshold raw value	Set the raw value threshold for the selected quality standard, metric and grade (e.g. AIM-DPM → UEC → Threshold B = 50). Not all metrics are available for each standard: AIM-DPM (0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8), ISO-IEC 15415 (0, 1, 3, 4, 6), ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 (1, 4, 8, 9, 23, 25), 1D readability (0, 2, 8, 9, 11), DotCode (0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8)	Ethernet readers.
PCM.MIN-PASS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type grade	[0-5] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Set the overall minimum passing grade. Results under this grade will mean the reading failed.	Ethernet readers.
PCM.USE-CUSTOM-THRESHOLDS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-5] [ON\|OFF]	0: AIM-DPM 1: ISO-IEC 15415 2: ANSI-ISO-IEC 15416 3: SemiT10 4: 1D readability 5: DotCode Readybility ON: do regrading OFF: keep current result	Enable or disable regrading of metric results by using the custom thresholds.	Ethernet readers.
QR.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	grid size module size model polarity mirrored	[11-177] [1-1000] [0-3] [0-2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	Grid size Module size * 10 0: Unknown model 1: Model-1 2: Model-2 3: Micro-QR 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either enable/disable ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Set training parameters for QR-Code symbology. Option 3 for argument "model": Micro-QR is not applicable for 6.0.1.	Fixed-mount readers
TLS.BENCHMARK	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library.This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TLS.SELFTEST	Action	PRIVATE	5.7.0					Starts a benchmark of the SSL/TLS library. This DMCC is password protected. The result can be checked in the HPT log output.	ALL
TUNE.EXCLUDE-AMBIENT-RESULTS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.7.0	SET\|GET	disable ambient	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Disables the automatic selection of ambient light results OFF: Allows ambient light results for atomatic seletion	Control the automatic selection of tuning results where the prevailing illumination type is ambient light.	Fixed mount readers.
UPTIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.7.0					Shows the time since device started.	All
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP image server type. 2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT 2: SFTP	FTP server type.2 means that the server is an S(SH)FTP server.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IMAGE.FORMAT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG	Image File Format.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND-BUFFER	Camera	PRIVATE	5.6.3		index size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Send specified image buffer date.
IMAGEBUFFER.FORMAT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.6.3	SET\|GET	format	[0-2]	0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
LIVEIMG.SEND	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.3		size format quality	[0-3] [0-2] [10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64 0: Bitmap 1: JPEG 2: PNG JPEG Quality	Request image transfer to PC when LIVEIMG.MODE is set to 3.
CAMERA.AUTO-REGULATION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	auto	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM8600, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]	exposure	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, and DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [15-200000]	DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination range for DM370 and DM470 series readers	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[12-100000]	exposure independent of illumination	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	DM503
CAMERA.TARGET-BRIGHTNESS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	target	[0-255]	target pixel value	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds.	All, except MX series readers.
FONT.DELETE	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Deletes Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string num-bytes		filename file size	Loads Font file.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
FONT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.6.0		string		filename	Get Font file contents.	DM300 and DM360 series readers.
LIGHT.POLARIZED	Camera	PUBLIC	5.6.0	SET\|GET	polarized LED count	[0\|2\|4]	Number of polarized filtered LEDs in the illumination	Use this command after applying a different HPIL front cover to publish the illumination filter status to the device.	DM70, DM150, DM260
REBOOT.DELAYED	Action	PUBLIC	5.6.0					Reboot the Device after delay in seconds. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots.If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	All
SYMBOL.4STATE-RMC	Symbology	PRIVATE	5.6.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enable/Disable	Enables or disables Royal Mail Code Symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM30x, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
C25.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Code 25 Check Character	ALL
C25.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	any, min, max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 25 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
C25.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	size	[0..100]	any length code	Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage.	ALL
C25.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: enable OFF: disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	ALL
SYMBOL.C25	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 25 Symbology. Manatee Works supports 7 subcodes: Standard, Interleaved, ITF-14, IATA, Matrix, COOP, and Inverted.	ALL
BATTERY.INFO	System	PUBLIC	5.5.1	GET	battery	[0-1]	0: internal battery 1: grip battery	Gets verbose battery status.	MX-1000
BUTTON.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.1	SET\|GET	button action	[0-2] [0-1]	Index of button (0:Left;1:Right;2:Grip) 0: disabled 1: trigger	Sets and gets the assigned feature for hardware buttons.	MX-1000
DEVICE.CGNM-DEV-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.5.1	GET				Returns the CogNamer device type.	ALL
3DVECTOR.CALIBRATED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	calibration_status	[0-2]	0:Neither factory, nor field calibration present 1:Only factory calibration loaded 2:Factory and field calibration loaded	Query current calibration status.	ALL
3DVECTOR.ENABLED	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 3DVectoring functionality on the reader.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVL.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVL style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.FCALIB-CVT.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send factory calibration data blob in CVT style.	ALL
3DVECTOR.LENGTH	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET				This sets/gets the length of the output 3D line segment.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0		size_bytes			Load system calibration data blob.	ALL
3DVECTOR.SCALIB.SEND	Action	PRIVATE	5.5.0					Send system calibration data blob.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-LIMIT-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	exposure		maximum value allowed for SET CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Get the maximum allowed exposure limited by current settings in us.	Fixed Mount readers.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [18-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [5-1000] [12-1000] [5-100000] [0-106]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value DM300 and DM302 internal illumination DM303 internal illumination with external or no illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all. The 4th parameter (GAIN) has no effect on DM370 and DM470 series readers.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8600.
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [12-100000] [0-41]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value exposure independent of illumination camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	DM503
CAMERA.EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [50-25000] [0-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value camera gain	Camera Parameters where exposure is in microseconds. The argument 'exposure' and 'gain' has no effect if 'auto' is ON and 'target' has no effect at all.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.FULL-BLACK-LEVEL-CORRECTION	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Full black level correction.	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-31.76]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM300, DM360 series readers
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-13.88]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM503
CAMERA.GAIN	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	gain	[1.00-15.00]		The gain has no effect if the camera runs with automatic exposure	DM50, DM60, DM70
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	ROI index left right top bottom	[1-2] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor width] [0 - sensor height] [0 - sensor height]	ROI index pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	Specifies custom FOVE regions. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
CAMERA.XPAND-ROI-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0: None 1: Xpand-15 2: Xpand-25 3: Custom	Indicates the used FOVE type. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
COM.RS232-ENABLE-PAUSE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	ON/OFF		Enable/disable pause in output data stream.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
COM.RS232-INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-5000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the internal delay between sending characters to the serial port.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70, DM503.
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			GET: Retrieves the current communication script. SET: Uploads a communication script.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bool			Enables/disables communication scripting or retrieves current state.	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Get the error message for the Custom Communication protocol script	Fixed-mount readers.
COM.USB-REQUIRE-DTR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turns the requirement to assert DTR signal during USB communication On or Off.	DM8050
CONFIG-BACKUP.SERVER-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: Generic 1: Mitsubishi GOT	Configuration backup server type.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0,1,512]	0 = None 1 = Result 512 = MS test response	Controls automatic, result transmitted from reader. Default bits are 1 and 512 (which is 513).	ALL
DATAMATRIX.DAMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	damage level	[2,4]	2: moderate 4: extreme	Set Extreme to enable PowerGrid.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-MODEL	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	rows columns module-size polarity mirrored	[8-144] [8-144] [1-1000] [0-2] [ON\|OFF]	Number of rows Number of columns Module size * 10 0: dark-on-light 1: light-on-dark 2: either ON: mirrored OFF: not mirrored	Train Data Matrix from the given parameters without needing to capture an image.	Fixed-mount readers
DECODER.1D-DATA-STITCH	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables 1D data-stitching. Requires the 1DDataStitching feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300 series readers, DM503.
DECODER.1D-EXTENDED-RESOLUTION	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the 1D extended resolution decoding method. Requires the 1DExtendedRes feature key.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.NO-READ-FEEDBACK	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables found but not decoded symbol info.	ALL
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-SIZE-LIMIT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	size	204800-2147483647	Maximum size in bytes	Maximum heap size the script engine may allocate.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Currently used heap size	The size of heap the script currently allocates.	Fixed mount readers
DEVICE.SCRIPT-HEAP-USAGE-MAX	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	size		Maximum used heap size	The maximum size of heap the script allocated allocated.	Fixed mount readers
DOTCODE.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: enable AIM metrics	Enable Subset of Quality Metrics from DotCode AIM Specification.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050X and DM8600.
ENCODER.MODE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-4]	0: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 1: Encoder A signal counts up, Encoder B signal counts down. 2: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 1 count per cycle. 3: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 2 counts per cycle. 4: Encoder A and Encoder B form quadrature (SIN/COS) signal, 4 counts per cycle.	Encoder mode. Sets the mode the encoder signals are interpreted if the Encoder Direction pin is defined.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.RESET	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Resets the encoder count to 0 and clears all encoder related events.	Fixed-mount readers
FOCUS.RECALIBRATE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	ON: recalibrate OFF: reset calibration	Recalibrates the focus to compensate mounting tolerances.	Readers with a liquid lens.
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds			Maximum duration of telling the FTP server that the reader is alive.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT-ERROR	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	message		script error message	Gets the script error message for FTP Storage name generation .	Fixed-mount readers.
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-LIMIT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Limit duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-RESULT.IDLE-TIME	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	seconds	[0-3600]		Maximum duration of idle connections after a data transfer.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET	server_ip picture last_image more burst_count buffer-overflow seq_nbr ” ” ”user” ”passwd” port	[ON\|OFF] [3] [0-1]	Server IP Picture name enable/disable Number of images to take 0: Off 1: On Sequence number in the burst User name Password Port used	Allows uploading of multiple pictures as a burst.	ALL
IMAGE.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0					Retrieve the last camera image acquired. Returns number of bytes of image data followed by \r\n followed by image data. Whatever is set for \|\|>IMAGE.SIZE, \|\|>IMAGE.FORMAT, and \|\|>IMAGE.QUALITY before requesting the image will be used for the corresponding size, format, and quality.	ALL
IMAGEBUFFER.IMAGE-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: All 1: Same as result 2: Auto	Sets "What images to Buffer for a Result". When "Auto" is selected, the reader does intelligent image buffering. Requires the IntImageBuffer feature key to select the "Auto" option.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-LAST-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n][Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst. In other trigger modes, there is no limit.	Stores images up to the limit.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
INPUT-STRING.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-4]	0: Store 1: Send 2: Send with header and footer 3: Send with formatting 4: Send with header and footer formatting	Controls whether the input string data is sent out as a result or stored in an internal variable.	Fixed-mount readers.
INPUT-STRING.VALUE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the content of the Input String character string.	Fixed-mount readers
INPUT.STATE	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET	line	[0-3]	input line number	Gets the current state of the input line specified. Returns 1 for high, 0 for low.	Fixed-mount readers
IO-LINE.DIRECTION	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	line direction	[2,3] [0,1]	line=2: sets direction of I/O Line 2 line=3: sets direction of I/O Line 3 direction=0: defines line as output direction=1: defines line as input	Sets the direction of the programmable I/O lines of DM360, DM370, and DM470 series readers.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
KEY.INTERCHAR-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1000]	milliseconds	Sets or gets the delay time between characters when in HID keyboard mode.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM60, DM50, DM70.
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	north-east north-west south-east south-west	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM70, DM150 and DM260. Possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF OFF ON if you want to have the top-left and bottom-right LED on.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers.
LIGHT.SELF-REPAIR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables internal illumination self repair mode.	DM300 series readers
MASTER-SLAVE.TEST	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0		mode message	[0-2]	0: Slave to Master 1: Master to Slave 2: Master to Slave to Master	Transmits the test message from reader to reader as designated by mode. The terminating reader will output the message preceded by the initiating device delimited by a space	Fixed-mount readers.
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-COM	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Profibus 1: RS485 2: RS422	Get the COM configuration (Profibus / RS422 / RS485).	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-FLOW	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: RTS/CTS 2: XON/XOFF	The reader will return a value indicating the type of serial flow control to be used.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-HOST	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	type	[0]		The reader will return a value indicating the host interface protocol.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	GET	mode	[1]		Get the profibus mode configuration.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-NODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	node number	[1-125]		The reader will return the Profinet node number for the gateway.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-RUN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Runtime start message or heartbeat.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-STATUS	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	status	[0-4]	0: ok, no error 1: Invalid op mode 2: Invalid node number 3: Invalid flow control 4: Invalid host interference	Set Gateway error message.	Fixed-mount readers
PROFIBUS.GATEWAY-VERSION	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode			Set the GW firmware version, used for baud rate detection.	Fixed-mount readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[1200-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Time between trigger start and the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360
PTP-SYNC.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		Enables MRS synchronized by PTP.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP-SYNC.LOCAL-OFFSET	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-1000000]		Local offset added to the synchronized acquisition timestamp.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disable the PTP timestamp synchronization ON: Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization	Enable the PTP timestamp synchronization.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY1	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the first 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). Normally, this is set at 128 for master capable devices.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.PRIORITY2	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-255]		This is the second 8-bit priority value (lower number denotes a higher priority). This parameter allows to configure backup clocks.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
PTP.SLAVE-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Disables PTP slave only configuration of the reader ON: Configures the reader as PTP slave only	This parameter configures the reader as PTP slave only, even if no other master is active.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SCRIPT.GARBAGE-COLLECT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0		force	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable Enforce the garbage collection	Check or enforce the Garbage Collection process.	Fixed mount readers
SDCARD.BACKUP-FILE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	SD card is used for creating and restoring a configuration file backup.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.PRESENT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns True if the SD card was detected, False otherwise.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SDCARD.TESTFILE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	string			SET: writes argument to a predefined file on the card. GET: reads back the same file and returns its content.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Code Quality	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Parameter enables or disables Code39 to Code 32 conversion.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.C39-CONVERT-TO-C32	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables the conversion of Code39 to Code32.	ALL
TELNET.CUSTOM-PORTS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]	Comma separated list of TCP ports	Additional Telnet TCP ports for custom communication.	Ethernet readers
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger end	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger off and allow the trigger to continue.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-DISTANCE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	distance	[0-10000 mm]	distance for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the distance with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TIME	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	time	[0-10000 ms]	time for hold-off at trigger start	When greater than 0, the time with which to cancel a pending trigger on and act like there was no trigger at all.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.HOLDOFF-TYPE	IO	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0 = None 1 = Time 2 = Distance	Which type of trigger hold-off to use, none, time or distance.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-DISTANCE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger distance for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TIME	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets the minimum trigger duration for a trigger to be considered good. All trigger durations less than the specified duration will be aborted.	Fixed-mount readers
TRIGGER.IGNORE-TYPE	IO	PRIVATE	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets what type of triggers to ignore.	Fixed-mount readers
TUNE.STATUS	Action	PUBLIC	5.5.0	GET				Returns ON if tuning is running, OFF otherwise.	Fixed mount devices.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-COMBINATIONS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]		If it is ON, light combinations will always be tuned.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
DECODER.REREAD-NOT-LAST-N	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.5 SR3	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]	0: no restriction 1-100 Define N	Do not read code if this code was read within the last N reads.	All
COM.USB-RE-ENUMERATE-ON-START	Communication	PUBLIC	5.5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Feature to re-enumerate the COM port after firmware is started.	DM8000 series readers.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-PIN	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	0-16 characters of decimal number	PIN number (e.g. "1234")	Gets or sets the PIN number of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.KBM-TARGET-ADDR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	string	8 characters of hexadecimal number	MAC address (e.g. "0006660492A6")	Gets or sets the MAC address of the remote target.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAX-RF-POWER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	int	-23-7		Maximum output power in dBm	DM8050, DM8600, and Bluetooth base stations.
BLUETOOTH.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	SET\|GET	number	[0-2]	0: normal mode 1: PC connect mode 2: keyboard emulator mode	Gets or sets the Bluetooth operation mode.	DM8050, DM8600.
COM.INTERFACE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.3	GET				Supported interfaces: RS232, USB, Ethernet, WiFi, Bluetooth.
LIGHT.DARKFIELD-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	value	[0-15]	Intensity	Darkfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIFFUSE-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Diffuse Brightfield Illumination Intensity.	DM8600
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.3	SET\|GET	level	[1-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM8050
ACCEL-SENSOR.OPERATION-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Acceleration Sensor is not used for waking the reader up from hibernation. 1: Acceleration Sensor is used for waking the reader up from hibernation.	Configures the application of the acceleration sensor. This command is only valid for Bluetooth-connected readers.	DM8050, DM8600.
ACCEL-SENSOR.SENSITIVITY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Low 1: Medium 2: High	Gets/sets the sensitivity of the acceleration sensor of/to the predefined value.	DM8050, DM8600.
BLUETOOTH.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	GET				Returns the own Bluetooth address of the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
BUTTON.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0		int state	[ON\|OFF]	Denotes the button id. enable/disable Denotes the new state of the button.	Allows to virtually push the TUNE button for more than 3 seconds on a DM8600 to activate "magic mode".	DM8600
COM.USB-HID-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When enabled, the base station will appear as a single USB Keyboard device on its USB port, instead of a composite device.	DM8000 base station G2
CONFIG.SAVE-DEFAULTS	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Saves current settings as defaults. This command does not reboot the device.	ALL
DEBUG.LOG	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets the debug log in development builds, returns nothing for released firmware.	ALL
DECODER.1D-PICKETFENCE-BARCODE-ONLY	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET
DEVICE.APPLOADER-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Apploader version.
DEVICE.DEFAULT-MFG	Action	PRIVATE	5.4.0					Resets all device settings to Cognex defaults. This command reboots the device.	DM8050, DM8600.
DEVICE.FAILSAFE-VER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Returns the Failsafe version.
DEVICE.ID	Camera	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Returns the device id.	ALL
DEVICE.SUBCLASS	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET	string			Activates the relevant device subclasses.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 128.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MAXIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 32.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-COLUMNS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[11-128]	The default is 16.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.MINIMUM-ROWS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[5-128]	The default is 6.		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
DOTCODE.POLARITY	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Dark on Light 1: Light on Dark 2: Either		DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X and DM8600.
IDFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Read ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
IDFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET	string			Write ID/slide in EEPROM content.	All
KEY.EMULATE-PS2	IO	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [OFF, Wedge, EmulationG	enable/disable OFF: no emulation Wedge: reader and PS/2 keyboard are connected using a wedge cable Emulation: reader is connected to wedge and no PS/2 keyboard is present		Wireless readers.
KEY.PAUSE-TIME	Action	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	Pause time	[0-1000]	0 to 1000 millisecond pause	Sets the time to pause for a specified pause key sequence.	DM8050, DM8600 series
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0,1,3]	0: Off 1: On 3: Activated by Acceleration Sensor	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	DM8050
LIMIT.CONS-NOREAD	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	string		empty string: feature disabled "CBRD>n": signal after n consecutive bad reads	Sets/gets the threshold for consecutive bad read event signaling.	ALL
LL.REGTODISTANCE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		register			Get distance in mm for specified register steps at current temperature.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.READ	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	GET				Gets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
LLFLASH.WRITE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET				Sets liquid lens flash content.	Readers with liquid lens.
PHS.ADD-PACKAGE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0
PPP.IP-CLIENT	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Reader/client device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.IP-SERVER	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET				Base/server device IP address for internal communication between client and base station.	Wireless readers.
PPP.NETMASK	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int			Netmask for internal communication between reader and base.	Wireless readers.
PROXIMITY.CURRENT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[10-200] step 10	IR LED current of the proximity sensor in mA	A higher value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
PROXIMITY.THRESHOLD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.4.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-100]		Threshold value which defines if the optical button has been pressed or released. A lower value will increase the sensitivity of the sensor.	DM8600
TRACE.DUMPFILE	System	PRIVATE	5.4.0		filename			Saves a trace log file, which is archived in flash, into a file.
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.4.0	SET\|GET	action state	[2,7] [ON\|OFF]	2: Set Match String 7: Extended Read Attempts enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM8600 readers
COM.SCRIPT	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Load script from communication channel.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
COM.SCRIPT-ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.3.0	SET\|GET	bool				DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER-CONFIGURE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.3.0	SET\|GET	event number beep tone beep number LED color vibration	[1,2] [0-2] [0-3] [0-7] [ON\|OFF]	1: USER_EVENT_1 2: USER_EVENT_2 [0]: Low [1]: Medium [2]: High Number of beeps [0]: Off [1]: Blue [2]: Green [3]: Cyan [4]: Red [5]: Magenta [6]: Yellow [7]: White enable/disable ON: The reader vibrates on the given user event. OFF: The reader does not vibrate on the given user event.	Sets the beeper tone, number of beeps, LED color, and vibration state for USER_EVENT_1 or USER_EVENT_2. Note: The DM8050 will ignore the vibration state, but the parameter is still required.	DM8050, DM8600, MX1000.
OUTPUT.USER1	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_1 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
OUTPUT.USER2	Action	PUBLIC	5.3.0					Device emits USER_EVENT_2 event.	DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-HORIZONTAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the vertical axis.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MIRROR-VERTICAL	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Mirror acquired image over the horizontal axis.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DATAMATRIX.PRINT-DEFORMATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Minimal 1: Moderate	Sets the IDMax Properties.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-FLEX-GRID	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Flexible Grid Size".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503
DATAMATRIX.TRAINED-IGNORE-POLARITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switches the Trained Code Property "Ignore Polarity".	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503.
DECODER.1D-MINIMUM-DECODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]		Minimum number of decoded scans to report a confident decoding (to prevent misread).	ALL
DECODER.1D-QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: 1D readability	Enables/disables 1D Process Control Metrics.	ALL
DEVICE-LOG.CLEAR	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0					This command clears the device log.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
DEVICE.STATS	Action	PUBLIC	5.2.0	GET				Get decode statistics.	ALL
FOCUS.COMPENSATE-AFTER-IDLE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-10000]	idle time	Compensates temperature changes after camera is idle for this time.	Liquid lens.
FOCUS.HALL-SENSOR	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	GET	value			???
FORMAT.SCRIPT	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME-USE-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables FTP file name generation script.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PRIORITY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2]	0: High - above decoder 1: Medium - same as running decoder 2: Low - below running decoder	FTP thread priority.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH-SCRIPT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	num-bytes			Set: loads the script from the host to the reader. Get: sends the script from the reader to the host.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Unlimited 1: Rate limited	Good Read Image stores all buffered good read images unless you set a limit rate.	DM503, DM300 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of good read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of good read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of good read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.GOOD-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-BURST	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-1000]		Burst determines the peak rate of the number of bad read images buffered.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	interval			Number of bad read images to be buffered at a time unit (for example, minutes or hours) specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-COUNT.	DM503, DM300 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: seconds 1: minutes 2: hours 3: days	Time unit of bad read images to be buffered at a rate number specified with IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-RATE-TIME.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Sets the intensity of the external illumination.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables High Frequency Lights to avoid flickering illumination.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-ALWAYS	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable seconds	[ON\|OFF] 0-86400	enable/disable auto off duration	Enables High Frequency Light in Continuous trigger mode even if no trigger is active. After duration seconds the High Frequency Light is turned off. If the duration is 0 the light is never turned off.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.HIGH-FREQUENCY-FORCE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable High Frequency Lights even if overheat protection would normally prohibit it.	DM300 series readers
LIVEIMG.MODE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0,2]	0: Disable 2: Enable	Controls live image display.	ALL
NET-LOCAL.MAX-LINK-SPEED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	speed	[0-4]	0: 1000 MBits/sec Full Duplex 1: 100 MBits/sec Full Duplex 2: 100 MBits/sec Half Duplex 3: 10 MBits/sec Full Duplex 4: 10 MBits/sec Half Duplex	Limits the advertised autonegotiation maximum link speed.	DM503 only
NET-LOCAL.READER-SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Base stationss.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-ENABLE	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: use authentication OFF: no authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-PASSWORD	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		password for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SEC-USERNAME	Communication	PRIVATE	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string		username for authentication	Use authentication over telnet for communciation between reader and base.	Ethernet readers.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLIENT-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-65535]		The port on the reader to use as the outbound port (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CLOSE-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Never 1: After reader data transfer	Whether or not to keep the connection open after data transfer (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.CONNECTION-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1000-60000]		How long to wait before considering the connection dead (default is 3000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	string	Max length = 255		The address of the server to connect to.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.HOST-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0–65535]		The remote port on the server to connect to (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.IDLE-TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[1–3600]		How long to keep the connection open after transfer (default is 1).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.OPEN-CONNECTION	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-1]	0: on Power-up 1: on Data Activity	When to open the connection to the remote host (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.PROTOCOL	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: TCP 1: UDP	Which protocol to use for the connection (default is 0).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
NETWORK-CLIENT.RECONNECT-DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	int	[100-60000]		How long to wait before reconnecting if the connection is lost (default is 1000).	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
QR.MAXIMUM-GRID-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	size	[49-177]	Step size: 4.	Maximum grid size which can be read by the QR decoder.	ALL
READER.ASSIGNED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Unassignins the reader and the base station that is associated with it.	Base
SETUP.START-WITH-LAST-READ	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	mode	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable OFF: Start with fixed setup ON: Start with setup of last good read	Sets read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.START-WITH-SETUP	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	setup	[0-15]	setup number to start with	Starts read setup.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SETUP.USE	Camera	PUBLIC	5.2.0		int state	[1-15] [ON\|OFF]	Setup to change enable/disable Disables/Enables setup to be used.	Adds or removes a setup from the list of usable Read Setups.	DM8600, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ACCEPT-TRIGGERS	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0		value	[0-2000000000]	number of accepted triggers from all inputs	Allows a limited number of triggers from external inputs even if triggering from those should be rejected using TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-OFF-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Inactive trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.AUTOMATIC-ON-US	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	microseconds	[0-2000000000]		Active trigger phase for automatic triggering.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.INPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables external trigger sources during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TEST-MODE.OUTPUTS-ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Disables result reporting to external destinations during test mode.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	System	PUBLIC	5.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable tune button enabled	Enables the 'save match string' action when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[18-25000]		Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation.	DM50, DM60, DM70.
DATAMATRIX.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of DataMatrix code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
LIGHT.DIRECT-INTENSITY	Camera	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	level	[0-15]	Intensity	Direct Illumination Intensity.	DM50, DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
NETWORK-CLIENT.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Switch the Network Client feature on or off.	Ethernet readers except for the DM8000 wireless.
QR.SYMBOL-DIFFICULTY	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.1.0	SET\|GET	int	[0-2]	0: Easy 1: Medium 2: Hard	Level of QR code symbol difficulty.	DM8600.
COM.RS232-FILTER	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the RS-232 filter.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
COM.RS232-FILTER-CHAR	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr7	SET\|GET	char	[0x00-0xFF]	Hex char	Sets or gets the hex value of the character to start filtering after (e.g. 0x03 for ETX).	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
MSI.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether check character is used. Default value is OFF.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CHKCHAR-OPTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode	[0-5]	0: Mod10 1: Mod11 2: Mod1010 3: Mod1110 4: 5:	Sets or gets the method for calculating checksum.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	mode min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Sets or gets the expected code size.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
MSI.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	size	[0-100]		Sets or gets the single side strictness as a percentage	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MSI.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether to transmit the check digit.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
SYMBOL.MSI	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether MSI Code is enabled or disabled	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.DOTCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr3	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DotCode symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050X, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.AZTECCODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	5.0.0_cr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Aztec code symbology.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000, MX-1502
INTELLIGRATED.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Intelligrated protocol.	DM503 series readers.
INTELLIGRATED.HEARTBEAT	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr14	SET\|GET	sec	[0-50]	seconds	Sets or gets the time between heartbeat transmissions. A value of 0 disables the heartbeat.	DM503 series readers.
MARKEM.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr11	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the Markem protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-511]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x100 = Input event message	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
INPUT.EVENT-MESSAGE	IO	PRIVATE	5.0.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Instructs the system to generate a message for every input line state change.	DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
CONFIG-BACKUP.ENABLE	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables automatic device configuration backup.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.IP-ADDRESS	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of the Cognex Explorer FTP service. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PASSWORD	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Password used to log in to Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.PORT	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		Port number of the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CONFIG-BACKUP.USER-NAME	Action	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			User name used to log in to the Cognex Explorer FTP service.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
CPFLASH.WRITE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0		id	[0-4]	0: Unknown 1: Prototype 2: Alpha build with SRAM 3: Alpha build with SDRAM 4: Beta build	Flash camera port ID.	DM 503.
DECODER.REREAD-NEVER2X	Decoder	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never read the same code twice. All trigger modes, e.g. Multicode Reading.	ALL
DEVICE.LENS-TYPE	Camera	PRIVATE	5.0.0	GET	type			This command gives you the lens type when a liquid lens is installed.	ALL
DEVICE.SYSLOG-IP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Specifies the remote syslog server IP address.
FTP-PROXY.NOOP	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0		session			Sends NOOP using FTP proxy.	Wireless readers.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-IMAGES-PER-RESULT	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Sets or gets how many images (n) per result are stored.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-MODE	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: No-Read Image Period 1: No-Read Image Number 2: No-Read Image Rate 3: No-Read Image Range	No-Read Image stores only one image per trigger and you can select which one. No-Read Image Period stores every nth bad read image. This is evaluated across trigger modes. For example, if you have burst trigger selected with a length of 5 and set period to 3, the 1st and 4th image of the first, but the 2nd and 5th of the second burst will be stored. No-Read Image Range stores all bad read images from the no-read image number to the last no-read image number.	Fixed-mount readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-NUMBER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	limit	[n] [Max Int]	In Burst trigger mode, n is the number of images in a burst In other trigger modes, there is no limit	Store exactly one image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.OVERLAY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables Overlay Graphics (SVG) for buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.FOOTER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the footer for the Input String character string.	ALL
INPUT-STRING.HEADER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Sets the header for the Input String character string.	ALL
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-15]	A number signifying an already existing setup.	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Setup to be modified by subsequent commands.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM503, MX-1000, and MX-1502
SYNC-ACQUISITION.CABLE-END	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether your device is a bus terminator at the end of the synchronization interface bus.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.DELAY	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	Synchronized acquisition delay: the time the reader waits after sending or receiving the synchronized interface signal before the regular acquisition sequence starts.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables synchronized triggering.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.MASTER	Communication	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets or gets whether the device is the master among the synchronized readers.	DM503
SYNC-ACQUISITION.START-DELAY	Communication	PRIVATE	5.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[0-25000]	microseconds	This command is to adjust the delay between the master/slave trigger sent via Ethernet and the sync signal sent for RS-845 to compensate for the longer runtime of the message via Ethernet. Developer only command.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	System	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	action state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	action code (see BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION), enabled enable/disable	Defines actions when the user pushes the tune button for more than 3 seconds.	DM503
TUNE-BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	5.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the tune button.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
SYMBOL.MATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.7.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Matrix symbology.	All.
BUTTON.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the trained match string directly to flash when Set Match String is enabled for the 3 sec button press action. If disabled, the match string is only stored in RAM and if the configuration is not saved manually it will be gone after reboot.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DATAMATRIX.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: AIM DPM 2: ISO 15415 3: SEMI T10	Code quality metrics for DataMatrix.	ALL
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FILE.LOAD	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0					This command can be used to upload a file into DataMan flash filesystem. It should be specified as 'FILE.LOAD "Length" "Filename"'. This DMCC is password-protected.	ALL
FORMAT.MODE	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: basic formatting 1: script-based formatting	Specifies data formatting mode. By default, basic formatting is the set formatting mode.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
INPUT1.SAVE-MATCH-STRING	Communication	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables saving the match string to flash when Set Match String is enabled as Input line 1 action.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
QR.QUALITY-METRICS	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: none 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AIM-DPM / ISO/IEC TR 29158	Code quality metrics for QR codes.	ALL
SCRIPT.LOAD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0		num-bytes			Loads the formatting script from the host to the reader.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SCRIPT.SEND	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	4.5.0					Sends the formatting script from the reader to the host.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502
SYMBOL.MAXICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.5.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable MaxiCode symbology.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502
TRAIN.CODE-FROM-IMAGE	Action	PRIVATE	4.5.0		num-bytes			Code is trained from uploaded image.	Fixed mount devices.
MQA.POSTAL-HEIGHT_MICRON	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr7 and 5.0.0_cr6	SET\|GET	height			Height in microns per pixel for MERLIN metrics.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
LVHSTS.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE	4.4.1_cr6_sr2	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable the USPS Lehigh Valley HSTS protocol.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-INDEX	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr2	SET\|GET	index			0 is the default behavior to send all as selected; 1 – max burst is send only the index selected.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
ERROR-LED.ENABLE	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr1_sr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables error log LED.	DM300 series readers.
INPUT-STRING.ENABLE	Data Formatting	PRIVATE	4.4.0_cr10	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the use of the Input String feature (available for serial, telnet, NetworkClient). When enabled, a header and the footer can be set by the INPUT-STRING.HEADER and INPUT-STRING.FOOTER commands, respectively. A string of characters can be given between the header and the footer, which will be sent with the formatted output (for example, [hello world], if the header is set to ’[’ and the footer to ’]’). Since the input string is saved temporarily, it appears only in the next result output. Use Setup Tool (the <Input String> option) or <ISTR> with DMCC (see SET FORMAT.TOKEN) to allow Input string in the result output.	ALL
BATTERY.CHARGE	System	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET	int	[0-100]		Displays, in percentage, current battery level.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CONFIG.LOAD	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0		num-bytes			Load Configuration from communication channel. Make sure you use a robust communications channel (for example, Ethernet) because this command does not have error checking or retry support and might cause the device to hang.	ALL
DECODER.REREAD-MODE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: last read 1: first read	Code re-reading delay relative to either the first read or the last.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.REREAD-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	Milliseconds	Code re-reading delay in milliseconds.	ALL
DEVICE.LOG	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Get the device log of error and exception conditions such as missed triggers and trigger overruns.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DMCC.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					When sent, the DMCC resets the following DMCC back to default: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DMCC.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	4.4.0					Saves DMCC connection settings. It also saves the status for a new connection session for the following DMCC: COM.DMCC-RESPONSE, COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM, COM.DMCC-HEADER, DATA.RESULT-TYPE, DATA.RESULT-ENCODING, DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND, DATA.IMAGE-TYPE.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-EMPTY-RESULT	Data Validation	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-1]	0: empty match string fails 1: empty match string passes	Gets or sets if a match string validation attempt with an empty match string should fail (0=default) or pass (1).	ALL
DVALID.PROG-TARG	Data Validation	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	category	[1-5]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Validation Programming Target. Data Validation Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, this command changes the subsequent behavior of the reader.	ALL
FTP.LOG	Action	PRIVATE	4.4.0	GET				Get the FTP log of FTP control connection commands and replies in case of FTP problems.	ALL
IMAGE.QUALITY	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality	Quality of the jpeg image.	ALL
IMAGE.SIZE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64	Image Size.	ALL
LIGHT.DIRECT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	north east south west NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable enable/disable	Sets the quadrants on the DM300. Small letters refer to the inner, capital letters to the outer circle, possible values are ON and OFF for each segment. Example for a SET command: SET LIGHT.DIRECT ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF if you want to have the inner north, south, and west lights on.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
OUTPUT.DELAY-DISTANCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-100000]		Distance to output when using the Encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-REFERENCE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Trigger Start 1: Trigger End	Sets or gets whether output is delayed relative to trigger start or trigger end.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TIME	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Output delay in milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: None 1: Time	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT.DELAY-TYPE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: None 1: Time 2: Distance	Sets or gets whether output is delayed, and if so, whether according to time or distance.	DM503
PHARMA.MAX-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the maximum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
PHARMA.MIN-LENGTH	Symbology	PRIVATE	4.4.0	SET\|GET	length	[1-6]		Gets or sets the minimum length for a Pharmacode. Obsoleted in 5.1.	ALL
RSS.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	RSS Expanded.	ALL
TRAINED-CODE.INFO	Symbology	PUBLIC	4.4.0	GET				Gets information about the currently trained code type ('Untrained' if no code is trained).	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER.DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeter	[0-2147483646]		Delay camera acquisition by distance specified in millimeters.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger delay in milliseconds. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: none 1: time	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time.	DM50, DM60 and DM70
TRIGGER.DELAY-TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: none 1: time 2: distance	Sets or gets whether trigger delay is according to time or distance.	DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	millimeters	[0-2147483646]		Sets or gets trigger end delay distance.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TRIGGER.END-DELAY-TIME	Camera	PUBLIC	4.4.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Sets or gets trigger end delay time.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FILTER.IMAGE-TO-USE-SYMBOL	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology input	[1-5] [0-1]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode 0: original image 1: filtered image	Sets or gets which type of symbology should be filtered or not. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.NOREAD-IMAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	symbology	[0-5]	0: Any 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Sets or gets if the symbology selected should be filtered if the image is no-read. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FILTER.STACK	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	step method value1 value2 value3	[1-4] [0-11] [0-255]	Filter step 0: no filtering 1: equalize 2: stretch 3: low pass 4: dilate 5: erode 6: open 7: close 8: auto stretch 9: optical density 10: invert 11: median method parameter	The first value sets the order of the filter steps. Filter step 1 is the first step, filter step 2 is the second, and so on. The second value sets the filter to be used. The third value means the additional properties that you can set for the given filter. You cannot configure the whole stack with one statement, but each on its own.The following example: SET FILTER.STACK 2 2 0 100 0 sets the second step in the filter, for stretch from 0 to 100, leaving the third value unused (0).The following example: GET FILTER.STACK 3 (for the third filter) returns 5 4 3 meaning that filter number 5, that is, erode is on, with parameters 4, 3.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
FOCUS.FEEDBACK	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables focus feedback.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
TUNE.ADJUST-FOCUS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using adjusting focus while tuning.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers with liquid lens.
TUNE.CANCEL	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning is cancelled. 104: Tuning is not running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Cancel tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.START	Action	PUBLIC	4.3.0				0: Tuning started. 104: Tuning is already running or there is an error. 101: Tuning is not available.	Start tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TRAIN-CODE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables code training while tuning.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM70, DM260, and DM150.
TUNE.TUNE-LIGHT-BANKS	Camera	PUBLIC	4.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]		Enables or disables using light banks while tuning. Only available when internal illumination is used.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM260, DM70 and DM150.
WIFI.AUTH-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-3]	0 – no auth 1 – WPA-PSK 2 – WPA2-PSK 3 – EAP/TLS 4 – PEAP-MSCHAPV2	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000
WIFI.CA-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used In WPA-Enterprise. This is the certificate of the certification authority we trust.	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CHANNEL	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[1-11]		Sets the wifi channel number.
WIFI.CLIENT-CERT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). This is the certificate of the reader signed by the trusted CA (set with the previous command).	PEM formatted certificate, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-IDENTITY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		The identity the client certificate is issued to.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.CLIENT-PRIVATE-KEY	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA	Used in WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). The private key of the reader.	PEM formatted private key, terminated by a space.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables wifi in ad-hoc mode.
WIFI.ENC-METHOD	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-5]	0 – off 1 – WEP40 2 – WEP104 3 – TKIP 4 – AES 5 – TKIP/AES	Sets the authentication method.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.NETWORK-TYPE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0 – Infrastructure mode 1 – AD-HOC mode	Sets whether wifi works in infrastructure or ad-hoc mode.	DM8000
WIFI.PASSPHRASE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		In WEP encrpytion and in WPA(2)-PSK it is the passphrase set by the AP.	DM8000;Base
WIFI.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.4	SET\|GET	string	NA		Assigns an SSID name to the network.
COM.BUFFER-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.2	SET\|GET	int	[0-1]	0: Multiple 1: Single	Sets or gets the offline buffering mode.	Wireless DM8000 readers.
COM.BUFFER-AUTO-FLUSH	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Determines if the whole content of the offline buffer is automatically flushed to the first Telnet client. If not, flushing must be activated by the client.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-DATA	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Offline buffering.	Wireless readers.
COM.BUFFER-RESET	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Clears the content of the offline buffer.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.BUFFER-START-SEND	Action	PUBLIC	4.2.1					Valid if auto-flush is off. Activates buffer data output over Telnet channels (and flushes buffered codes). Data output is stopped every time when all Telnet channels are disconnected.	DM8050, DM8600 and MX-1000.
COM.RS232-ROUTE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-1]	0: base station 1: associated reader	Controls to which device RS-232 communication is routed.	DM8000 series wireless readers.
COM.USB-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: USB COM 1: USB HID	Controls USB based communication channels.	DM50, DM60, DM70, MX-1000, MX-1502 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.USB-SPEED	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[ON\|OFF]	ON: USB 1.1 mode OFF: USB 2.0 mode	Forces the USB into full speed mode.	Every reader connected through USB except MX-1000.
LIGHT.AIMER-TIMEOUT	Camera	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[0-600]	seconds	Aimer Timeout in seconds.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Hibernation feature on or off. ON means that the device never hibernates. OFF means that Hibernation is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will go into hibernation mode.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.HIBERNATE-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Hibernation timeout.	DM8000 wireless readers.
POWER.POWEROFF-DISABLE	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Turning the Power Off feature on or off. ON means that the device never turns off. OFF means that Power Off is not disabled (it is enabled), thus the device will turn off.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
POWER.POWEROFF-TIMEOUT	System	PUBLIC	4.2.1	SET\|GET	int	[1-600]	seconds	Power Off timeout.	DM8050, DM8600, MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.COMMUNICATIONS-MODULE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	GET	type	[0-3]	0: Serial 1: Ethernet 2: Wireless 3: Bluetooth	Returns the type of communication module being used.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.DMCC-EVENT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	event_mask	[0-255] bitfield	0: none 1: reader online/offline	Sets which events are sent over DMCC. Used by DataMan SDK.	Wireless readers, base station.
COM.USB-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		test serial number	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
COM.USB-USE-TEST-SN	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Used by manufacturing to make different devices enumerate on the same CDC COM port.	Base station, DM50, DM60 and DM70.
CONTROL.RPC	Action	PRIVATE	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string		RP code to execute.	Executes RP codes passed as string. Used internally to route RP commands to the base station.	ALL
DEVICE.SSID	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Network name.	Wireless readers.
FTP-PROXY.CONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		user pass server port type	dotted decimal from IPv4 address [1-65535] [0-1]	Password. Target FTP server address. Target FTP port number. Target FTP server type (Generic/Mitsubishi).	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DESTROY	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.DISCONNECT	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index	[0-15]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
FTP-PROXY.EXECUTE	Communication	PRIVATE	4.2.0		index type path length data	[0-15] [0-15] [0-15] [0-3] [0-3]	FTP object index as returned by FTP-PROXY.CREATE FTP transfer type (STOR/STOU/APPE/RETR) File path for FTP transfer Data length Data	Used by wireless readers to proxy FTP transfer through base station.	Base station.
NET-LOCAL.READER-IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	4.2.0	SET\|GET	string	dotted decimal form IPv4 address		Base station's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Base stations.
ENCODER.COUNT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-2 billion]	value to set	Gets the encoder count or sets it to the specified value.	Fixed-mount readers
ENCODER.DISTANCE-TO-OUTPUT	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 mm	Default: 0 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the output distance from the trigger on the sensor.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
ENCODER.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0					Flushes all encoder actions.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
ENCODER.RESOLUTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	int	0-1000000 um	Default: 5000 Min: 0 Max: 1000000 Step: 1	Sets the distance per pulse of the encoder.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable external illumination supported by I/O.	Fixed mount readers.
LIGHT.INTERNAL-ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable the built-in internal illumination. Default value is OFF.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM8050, MX-1000, MX-1502, Mobile.
LIGHTCURTAIN.BEAM-SPACING	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	spacing	[1-300000]	micrometers	Distance (in um) between beams of the Light Curtain. This determines the resolution of the light curtain.	DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.RX-HEIGHT-SENSOR	Camera	PUBLIC	4.1.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]*	enable/disable	Enables or disables this system receiving height information from another system in the network group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
OUTPUT-QUEUE.FLUSH	IO	PUBLIC	4.1.0		int	[0-1]	0: throw output away 1: send all output now	To flush or send all output.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
DECODER.1D-SYMBOL-ORIENTATION	Decoder	PUBLIC	4.1	SET\|GET	orientation	[0-3]	0: Omnidirectional 1: Ladder and Picket Fence (default) 2: Ladder 3: Picket Fence	Sets or gets the orientation at which codes can be found. Omnidirectional requires the Omnidirectional feature key.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, MX-1502. DM503L readers support only 2: Ladder and 3: Picket Fence.
CAMERA.INTERVAL-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	us	[*-1000000]	Microseconds. Step size is 250. * By default the minimum range is 6000 but this can change depending on decode timeout and field of view.	Acquisition Interval, the time between successive camera acquisitions in microseconds. Supported with Burst, Self, and Continuous trigger types.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE-US	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[1-50] [1-410] [1-100000]	with HPIA without HPIA with external or no illumination	Maximum exposure limit in microseconds for autoregulation. HPIA = High Powered Illumination Accessory.	DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
FOCUS.DISTANCE	Camera	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	int			Distance in mm from the front of the camera to the part. This command returns the value only if Focus Steps is set to 0, otherwise you need to use FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE instead.	DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
FOCUS.FAST-DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.FOCUS-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-3]
FOCUS.RELAX-TIME	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FOCUS.STRATEGY	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value			???
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND-START-VALUE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Initial increment value to append to image name.	DM503
FTP-IMAGE.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	port	[0-65535]		FTP server port number.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-MULT-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGE.LOAD-FTP-PARAM	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0					???
IMAGEBUFFER.ALLOW-OVERWRITE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Allow buffered images that have not been transfered to be overwritten if all available buffers are used and new images arrive.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Release stored images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.DELETE-AFTER-TRANSFER	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Release stored images automatically after image has been transfered.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.MAX-NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-*]		Maximum number of images that can be buffered. * Range varies depending depending on Camera ROI and memory allocated for burst length.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.NO-READ-IMAGE-PERIOD	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[1-200]		Sets or gets the interval to save the image of a bad read. If, for example, you use an interval of 6, the first bad image is saved and the next 5 are not. The default is 1 which saves each bad read image.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, only in Single, Burst, Self and Continuous modes.
IMAGEBUFFER.NUM	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	GET	size			Returns the number of currently buffered images.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.QUALITY	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	quality	[10, 15, 20... 85, 90]	JPEG Quality		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD	RecordPlayback		4.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable image buffereing. obsolete in 4.0.0.	Fixed mount readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.RECORD-TYPE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: No-Read 2: Read 3: All 4: Validation Failure 5: No-Read + Validation failure	Sets or gets the type of image to buffer. In case of No-Read, the image is buffered if the reader fails to read.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503
IMAGEBUFFER.SEND-FTP-PARAM	RecordPlayback	PRIVATE	4.0.0					Transmit buffered images to designated FTP server.	Fixed mount Ethernet readers, DM8050 and DM8600.
IMAGEBUFFER.SIZE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	size	[0-3]	0: Full 1: 1/4 2: 1/16 3: 1/64		DM50, DM60, DM70, DM503, MX-1000, DM8000, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers
IMAGEBUFFER.TRANSFER-MODE	RecordPlayback	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	interval	[0-1]	0: On Request 1: FTP - runtime	Sets or gets whether buffered images should automatically sent FTP or if they should be send only after requested.	DM60, DM70, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers, DM503, MX-1000, DM260.
INPUT.ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line action state	[0-3] [0-11] [ON\|OFF]	Input line number 0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brightness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Trigger Off 6: Encoder 7: Allow Buffered No-Read Images 8: Clear Outputs 9: Tune (DM300 only) 10: Encoder direction 11: Trigger on ON: execute action when line is triggered OFF: no action	Sets or gets the state for the specified line action. The input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed-mount readers.
MASTER-SLAVE.GROUP-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Gets or sets the name of the master slave group.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: OFF 1: ON 2: Master	Switches the master-slave functioning of the reader on or off.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MASTER-SLAVE.TIMEOUT	Communication	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-60000]		Gets or sets the time to wait for results from slave cameras.	DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503
MQA.POSTAL-MODE	Code Quality	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Off 1: Partial Metrics 2: All Metrics	Gets or sets the postal verification mode.	ALL
TRIGGER.DEBOUNCE-DELAY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	delay	[0-6]	0: short 1: 2: default 3: 4: 5: 6: long	Sets or gets how long the trigger signal must be detected in order to be recognized as valid.	Fixed-mount readers.
TRIGGER.POLARITY	IO	PUBLIC	4.0.0	SET\|GET	line polarity	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	Input line ON: Rising edge OFF: Falling edge	Sets or gets the polarity at which an input will be triggered.	Fixed mount readers.
VSOC.ACCELERATION	Decoder	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC acceleration.
VSOC.LEGACY-AUTO-REG	Camera	PRIVATE	4.0.0	SET\|GET	enable	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disable VSOC auto-regulation algorithm.
FOCUS.SWEEP-RANGE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	DM8000 DM300	[0-500] [0-500] [40-500] [40-500]	low sweep range high sweep range low sweep range high sweep range	Defines the sweep range to be used for focusing. Low must be less than high. The low value is ignored if FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS is set to 0.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
FOCUS.SWEEP-STEPS	Camera	PUBLIC	3.6.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-8]	number of steps to divide the sweep range	Sets the number of steps the sweep range should be divided by. If steps is set to 0 only the high sweep range value is used.	DM70, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470, DM8000 series readers
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.6.0	GET	state	[0\|1]	0: Off 1: On	Get current state of the trigger.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.ALGORITHM-VERSION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.5.3	SET\|GET	version	[0-2]	0: speed preferred 1: yield preferred 2: extended	IDQuick Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL. 2 (extended) is supported by DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260.
COM.DMCC-CHECKSUM	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-3]	0: none 1: XOR 2: CRC16 (Header/Response) 3: CRC16 (Header/Response/Data)	Checksum used in DMCC response.
COM.DMCC-HEADER	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-1]	0: default 1: include result ID	Sets or gets the header option used in Extended mode.
DATA.IMAGE-TYPE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-2]	0: all 1: no read 2: read	Sets or gets type of image automatically returned. Used in conjuction with DATA.RESULT-TYPE.
DATABAR.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar expanded.	ALL
DATABAR.GROUP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar group.	ALL
DATABAR.LIMITED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar limited.	ALL
DATAMATRIX.EXTREME-PRINT-GROWTH	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable extreme print growth for DataMatrix symbols.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503, DM8050 and DM8600.
DECODER.PREPROCESS	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	slot filter param1 param2 param3	[0] [0-2] [0-255] [0-255] [0-255]	slot to configure 0: none 1: Equalize 2: Stretch Filter parameter 1. Filter parameter 2. Filter parameter 2.	Sets or gets the filter to apply to an image before decoding.
DVALID.GS1-FORMAT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	string		GS1 format string	Set GS1 format string.	ALL
EVENT.RULES	IO	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	rules
MULTICODE.HORIZONTAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort right to left OFF: sort left to right	Horizontal positional sorting order priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IDENTICAL-SYMBOLS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables/disables output of identical symbols when multicode is enabled.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SORT-PRIORITY	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	symbology image vertical position horizontal position	[0-3] [0-3] [0-3] [0-3]	Range for all four arguments indicates sort priority. Must be different for each criteria.	Sorting order for multicode results: 0 is highest priority, 3 is lowest priority.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.SYMBOLOGY-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: DotCode, VeriCode ®, Linear/Postal/Stacked, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Data Matrix OFF: Data Matrix, QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode, Linear/Postal/Stacked, VeriCode ®, DotCode	Symbology sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.VERTICAL-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort bottom to top OFF: sort top to bottom	Vertical position sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
NET-LOCAL.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	port	[1-65535]		Setup Tool server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
PHARMA.CODE-ORIENTATION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-2]	0: Any (default) 1: Horizontal 2: Vertical	Preferred orientation for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-6] [1-6]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Expected Pharmacode size.	ALL
PHARMA.HORIZONTAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: left-to-right (default) 1: right-to-left	Horizontal direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Get or set whether supplementary component is expected.	ALL
PHARMA.SUPPLEMENTARY-GAP-THRESH	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.4.0	SET\|GET	gap	[100-300]		Get or set the Pharmacode supplementary gap threshold in pixels.	ALL
PHARMA.VERTICAL-DIRECTION	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	direction	[0-1]	0: top-to-bottom (default) 1: bottom-to-top	Vertical direction preference for decoding Pharmacode symbols.	ALL
SYMBOL.4STATE-IMB	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Intelligent Mail Barcode.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.DATABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.4.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Databar. It will enable EXPANDED and LIMITED in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable TCP keepalive message.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-COUNT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive retry count.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-IDLE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive time. Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.TCP-KEEPALIVE-INTERVAL	Communication	PRIVATE	3.3.1	SET\|GET	value	[0-32565]		TCP keep alive interval. Ethernet readers.
STATISTICS.RESET	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.1					Reset all statistics.	ALL
ETHERNET-IP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0_cr1	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled EtherNet/IP communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
CAMERA.BURST-TRANSFER-ALL	Camera	PRIVATE	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Force transfer of all burst images. Used by the DMCC .NET.
CQ.RESET-CALIBRATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Invalidates code quality calibration data. Reboot is required.	DM8600V
DEVICE.BACKUP	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0					Send encrypted backup file (.cdc) to the PC.	ALL
DEVICE.MAC-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	GET				Reader's MAC address.	Ethernet readers.
DEVICE.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		file size			Transmits backup file (.cdc) to the reader. File size is in bytes. File data follows footer.	ALL
FILE.UNLINK	System	PRIVATE	3.3.0		file			Remove file from file system.
FTP-IMAGE.CUSTOM-FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP server generated file name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.MAX-APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Max increment value to append to image name.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.SERVER-PATH	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Path for FTP image.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-IMAGE.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.APPEND	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Append result to existing file. OFF: Overwrite file content with result.	Append to or overwrite file when result is sent via FTP to the file specified by FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME. The file will be created if it does not exist.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.ENABLE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/disable FTP transfer of reader results.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.FILE-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			File name of FTP result.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			IP address of target FTP server. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers and MX-1000. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.PASSWORD	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET	string			Password used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
FTP-RESULT.USER-NAME	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Username used to login to target FTP server.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support FTP if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
NET-LOCAL.DHCP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable/Disable DHCP on reader.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.DNS-SERVER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	server			Gets or sets the DNS Server address.	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.GATEWAY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's default gateway IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.1".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.IP-ADDRESS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's IP address. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.42".	Ethernet readers.
NET-LOCAL.SUBNET-MASK	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	string			Reader's subnet mask. Uses dotted decimal form, such as "192.168.23.255".	Ethernet readers.
TELNET.PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.3.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-65535]		Telnet server TCP port on reader.	Ethernet readers.
TRAIN.FOCUS	Action	PUBLIC	3.3.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Optimize lens focus.	DM503 and DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers.
DECODER.1D-LEARN-CODESIZE	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.2.0_cr5	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn the code size of 1D Symbols.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV	Camera	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	pixels from left pixels from right pixels from top pixels from bottom	The camera field of view is the area of the camera used for image acquisition.	ALL
CAMERA.FOV-ENABLED	Camera	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether the full FoV or a custom FoV will be used for image acquisition. You can change this value only for the following trigger types: single, burst, and continuous.	ALL
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-FOOTER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			End of the string to be echoed. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.COMMAND-HEADER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			Start of the string to be echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.ECHO	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if characters received between a COMMAND-HEADER and COMMAND-FOOTER are echoed.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates if reader will respond to the TRIGGER-ON or TRIGGER-OFF string.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-OFF	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will stop a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
CUSTOM-CMD.TRIGGER-ON	Communication	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	string			String that will start a trigger. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	Fixed mount readers.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-KEY	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET	type name	1	1: Custom1	Sets the secure Data Matrix key which is 32 byte string. This string needs to be entered in hexadecimal format.
DATAMATRIX.SECURITY-TYPE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type state	[0-1] [ON\|OFF]	0: None 1: Custom1 enable/disable	Data Matrix security type used. Only valid with a valid security key is set.	ALL
FORMAT.MULTICODE-DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-6]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml 6: CRLF	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimiter between codes in a multicode result.	Fixed mount readers.
FORMAT.PROG-TARG	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-5]	0: Universal 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Data Formatting Programming Target. Data Formatting Symbology Set to be modified by subsequent commands. Once issued, it changes the subsequent behavior of the reader. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	ALL
INTER-MESSAGE.DELAY	Communication	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	value	[0-10000]	milliseconds	Transmission delay between buffered read strings.	Wireless readers.
MULTICODE.MAX-NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	symbology number	[1-5] [1-255]	1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	The expected maximum number of codes to find for each symbology grouping 1 - 4; no expected value for any single symbology can exceed parameter 0, the total number of codes to find.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.NUM-CODES	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	number	[1-255]		Number of codes readers must find for a successful read result.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.PARTIAL-RESULTS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Controls how the reader interprets the number of codes to find. ON = reader will return a successful read if 1 or more codes are found. OFF = reader will return a successful read only if number of codes found equals MULTICODE.NUM-CODES value.	Fixed mount readers.
SYMBOL.VERICODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable VeriCode ® symbology.	DM70, DM150 and DM260 readers with VeriCode ® license.
TRAIN.AUTO-DISABLE	Symbology	PREVIEW	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether untrained symbology groups will be disabled after the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.AVAILABLE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.2.0	GET	symbology			Indicates whether incremental training is available for the selected symbology group.	Fixed mount readers.
TRAIN.INCREMENTAL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.2.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Indicates whether incremental training is used during the next attempt to train.	Fixed mount readers.
UNTRAIN.MODEL	Action	PUBLIC	3.2.0		enum index	[0-5] 0	0: All Symbologies 1: DataMatrix 2: QR Code/MaxiCode/AztecCode 3: Linear/ Postal/ Stacked 4: VeriCode® 5: DotCode	Deletes the specified model. AztecCode is only supported on the DM503 and DM300 series readers.	Fixed mount readers.
DATA.RESULT-ALWAYSSEND	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Sets gets whether to always send result.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-ENCODING	Communication	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	encoding	[0\|1]	0: ASCII (default) 1: Base64	Result string encoding.	ALL
DATA.RESULT-TYPE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET\|GET	bit-field	[0-128]	0x00 = None 0x01 = Result 0x02 = XML formated result 0x04 = XML formated statistics 0x08 = Image Data 0x10 = Image Graphics 0x20 = Traning Result 0x40 = Code Quality Graphics	Controls automatic result transmitted from reader. Default is 1.	ALL
DMPOP.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	GET	vtree path			Gets Device Info value tree parameter.
DMPUSH.INFO	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0	SET	vtree path			Sets Device Info value tree parameter. DMCC Key is required.
DMSTATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		vtree path			Returns argument range for value tree parameter. e.g. \|\|>DMSTATS /ROI/Left
FIRMWARE.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FIRMWARE.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		file size date from location			Loads firmware file to reader. File data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.LOAD	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer. Forces a reboot.
FKEY.LOAD-NOREBOOT	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		key size			Loads encrypted feature key string to reader. Key data follows DMCC footer.
FKEY.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Saves feature key to flash memory.
FLASH.ERASE	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Used to reset feature key data section. Obsolete in 3.3 by FILE.UNLINK.
FLASH.GET	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0		sec number sec offset size			Output the specified section of Flash.
HEAP.STATS	System	PRIVATE	3.1.0					Returns heap memory statistics.
TRAIN.MATCH-STRING	Action	PUBLIC	3.1.0					Triggers the reader and sets the match string to the value of the decoded string. Match String validation must be enabled for this command to work.	Fixed mount devices, DM8050 and DM8600.
VIBRATION.GOOD	System	PUBLIC	3.1.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables vibration.	Handheld readers, except for DM8050.
2D.ALGORITHM	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	algorithm	[0-1]	0: IDMax © 1: IDQuick	IDQuick or IDMax©	X, XM, SX and QE fixed-mount readers. All Q models except for DM503Q.
ABORT	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Abort command in process. Intended to abort image transfer.	ALL
BEEP	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]		Command audio beep.	ALL
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.DATAVALID-FAIL-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Data Validation Failure Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.GOOD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.GOOD-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	Good Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BEEP.NO-READ	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings.	ALL except for DM50, DM60 and DM70.
BEEP.NO-READ-OL	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	repetition level	[0-3] [0-2]	number of beeps 0: Lo pitch 1: Med pitch 2: Hi pitch	No-Read Beep Settings when offline.	Wireless readers.
BUTTON.3SEC-ACTION	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-6] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize Focus 4: Read Configuration Code 5: Tune 6: Toggle Test Mode enable/disable	Three Second Button Action.	Fixed mount readers. Test Mode is only supported on the DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
BUTTON.ENABLE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables the trigger button.	Fixed mount readers.
C128.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 128 Allowed Size.	ALL
C39.ASCII	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Full ASCII.	ALL
C39.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Check Character.	ALL
C39.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 39 Code Size.	ALL
C39.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code 39 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
C93.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Code 93 Code Size.	ALL
CAMERA.BURST-LENGTH	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	count	[2-*]	number-images	Burst Length. Number of Acquired Images in Burst Trigger-Mode. Actual maximum can be increased by reducing the camera field of view or reserving fewer images for Process Monitor/Record and Playback.	Fixed mount readers.
CAMERA.ENABLE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables camera which can be disabled when loading images from the PC.	ALL
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-22] [4-60]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/10000 1: 1/7500 2: 1/5000 3: 1/4000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 21: 1/30000 22: 1/15000 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM700
CAMERA.EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	auto target exposure gain	[ON\|OFF] [0-255] [0-20] [1-19]	ON: Automatic OFF: Manual target pixel value 0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40 camera gain	Camera Parameters. The arguments 'exposure' and 'gain' have no effect if 'auto' is ON and the 'target' has no effect if 'auto' is OFF.	DM7500
CAMERA.MAX-EXPOSURE	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	exposure	[0-20]	0: 1/20000 1: 1/10000 2: 1/7500 3: 1/5000 4: 1/3000 5: 1/2500 6: 1/2000 7: 1/1500 8: 1/1250 9: 1/1000 10: 1/750 11: 1/500 12: 1/300 13: 1/250 14: 1/200 15: 1/150 16: 1/125 17: 1/100 18: 1/75 19: 1/50 20: 1/40	Maximum exposure limit for autoregulation.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
CAMERA.ROI	Camera		3.0.0	SET\|GET	left right top bottom
CODABAR.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Check Character.	ALL
CODABAR.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [1-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	Codabar Code Size.	ALL
CODABAR.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
CODABAR.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Codabar Transmit Check Character.	ALL
COM.AUTO-DETECT	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables support for simultaneous connection to USB And RS-232.
COM.BAUD-RATE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1-5]	1: 115200 2: 57600 3: 38400 4: 19200 5: 9600		ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.BAUD-RATE - test data	Communication - sample		3.0.0	SET\|GET	rate	[1...5]	1:115200 2:57600 3:38400 4:19200 5:9600	RS232 Communication Speed. Does not affect USB communication speed.	ALL
COM.BUFFER-DATA	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable
COM.DATA-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7,8]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.DATA-BITS	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[7\|8]	RS232 data bits
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0\|1]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.DMCC-RESPONSE	Communication	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-2]	0: Silent (default) 1: Extended 2: Extended mode with \|\|[xxx::length] CR NL data Responses	DMCC response format.	ALL
COM.MULTI-PORT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable daisy chaining of readers so they share one COM port.	Fixed mount readers.
COM.PARITY	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	parity	[0-4]	0: None 1: Even 2: Odd 3: Space 4: Mark		All except for MX-1000 and MX-1502.
COM.STOP-BITS	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	bits	[1-2]			ALL except for MX-1000.
COM.USB-COMPATIBILITY-MODE	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	legacy	[ON\|OFF]	ON: use pre-3.5.0 driver OFF: default	Controls USB driver. Reboot is required.	DM50, DM70 and DM8000 series readers.
COM.WAKEUP	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Wakeup Message.	ALL
COM.XLATEPRNT	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Translate unprintable characters that are embedded in a symbol. The translated result is output over the connection (for example, COM, USB, Ethernet, USB-KEYBOARD). Note that Data Formatting leading and terminating text are not translated. The characters translated are ASCII values between 0x00 and 0x1F. For example, 0x00 = <NUL>, 0x04 = <EOT>, 0x0a = <LF>, 0x0d = <CR>.	ALL
CONFIG.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets the device’s configuration settings to factory defaults. Device identification and communications settings are not changed.	ALL
CONFIG.DUMP-UIDS	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Returns all value tree parameters.	ALL
CONFIG.RESTORE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Restores Configuration from Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SAVE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Saves Configuration to Non-Volatile Memory.	ALL
CONFIG.SEND	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Send device configuration to communication channel.	ALL
CQ	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code Quality. Code Quality Measurements require reader calibration and the Verification Feature Key.	DM8600V
CQ.CALIB-DATE	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Code Quality Calibration Date.	DM8600V
CQ.ILLUMINATION	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	illumination-option state	[0-4] [ON\|OFF]	0: Direct on axis 1: 30-deg All Quadrants 2: 30-deg E-W Quadrants 3: 30-deg N-S Quadrants 4: Custom enable/disable	Code Quality Illumination Option.	DM8600V
CQ.METRICS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric	[0-3]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 2: AS9132 Laser-etch 3: AS9132 Dot-peen	Code Quality Enabled Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.MINPASS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	metric min-pass	[0-1] [0-4]	0: AIM-DPM/ISO/IEC TR 29158 1: ISO/IEC 15415 0: F 1: D 2: C 3: B 4: A	Code Quality Minimum Passing Grade. Determines the threshold for "validation failure action" including beep and configured line output.	DM8600V
CQ.PROCESSM	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Code Quality Process Control Metrics.	DM8600V
CQ.UNITS	Code Quality	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-3]	0: mils 1: mm 2: inches 3: pixels	Code Quality Units.	DM8600V
DATAMATRIX.USAGE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	Usage Type	[0-1]	0: Default 1: High speed ink jet mode	IDMax Usage Type.	ALL except for DM50, DM60, DM70, DM300, DM503.
DECODER.1D-LEARN-ORIENT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Learn Orientation of 1D Symbols.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.1D-SHORT-QUIET-ZONE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	When ON, the reader is tolerant with non-standard (i.e. short) quiet zones.	ALL
DECODER.1D-TARGET	Decoder	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Target Decoding.	MX-1000 and DM8000 series readers.
DECODER.1D-USAGE	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	usage	[0-1]	0: Standard 1: Extended	1D Symbology Usage Type.	Fixed mount readers.
DECODER.ROI	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	left (multiple of 8) right (multiple of 8) top (multiple of 4) bottom (multiple of 4)	[0...] [left+64...] [0...] [top+64...]	left of the ROI rectangle right of the ROI rectangle top of the ROI rectangle bottom of the ROI rectangle	Decoder Region of Interest. Image Region examined by decoder for enabled symbols. Pixel coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the displayed image. Left < Right and Top < Bottom. Values must not be outside the specified CAMERA.FOV settings.	ALL
DECODER.TIMEOUT	Decoder	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[10-10000]	milliseconds	Decoder Timeout. Maximum allowed decode time.	Fixed mount readers.
DEVICE.BOOT-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.DEFAULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Resets all device settings to factory defaults. This command reboots the device.	ALL
DEVICE.FEATURE-KEYS	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Feature Keys.	ALL
DEVICE.FIRMWARE-VER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Firmware Version.	ALL
DEVICE.FLASH		PRIVATE	3.0.0		begin numbytes
DEVICE.NAME	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string			Device Name. MX + the last six digits of DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	ALL
DEVICE.SAVE	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.SERIAL-NUMBER	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Serial Number.	ALL
DEVICE.SHIPPEDAS-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET
DEVICE.START-VER	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0
DEVICE.TYPE	System	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET				Device Type.	ALL
DMPOP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	GET	vtree path			Gets value tree parameter.
DMPUSH	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET	vtree path			Sets value tree parameter.
DVALID.DOD-EXEID	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-EID	DoD Expected Enterprise ID (EID).	ALL
DVALID.DOD-EXPN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		expected-PN	DoD Expected Part Number. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.DODCNSTRT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-3]	0: Any 1: Construct #1 2: Construct #2 3: Equivalent	Data Validation DoD Construct.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-ACTION	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	action	[0-3]	0: Transmit "Validation Failure" 1: Transmit "Validation Failure" + decoded string 2: Transmit annotated decode string 3: Transmit nothing	Data Validation Failure Action.	ALL
DVALID.FAIL-XMT-CRLF	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Validation Transimit CRLF on Failure.	ALL
DVALID.ISO-CONSTRUCT	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	construct	[0-1]	0: ISO 15434 1: ISO 15434 & ISO 15418	ISO Construct.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		match-string	Data Validation Match-String. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.MATCH-STRING-PARAMS	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	increment start length step no-read validation-fail	[ON\|OFF] [0-] [1-] [-2\|-1\|0\|1\|2] [ON\|OFF] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable start position of numerical match number of digits increment enable/disable update on no-read enable/disable update on validation failure	Data Validation Match-String Parameters.	ALL
DVALID.PATTERN	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		pattern-string	Data Validation Pattern. Regexp Data Validation. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
DVALID.TYPE	Data Validation	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: None 1: DoD UID 2: ISO 3: Pattern 4: Match String 5: GS1		ALL
EAN-UCC.CC-C	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Composite Code C.	ALL
EAN-UCC.XMTMODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode	[0-1]	0: Standard (linear & 2D) 1: Linear only	EAN-UCC Transmit mode.	ALL
FORMAT.ADVANCED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode Formatting Enables: Regexp Pattern Substitution.	ALL
FORMAT.CRLF-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting CRLF Terminator. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DELIMITER	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	delimiter-option	[0-5]	0: none 1: space 2: comma 3: tab 4: label 5: xml	Data Formatting Delimiter. Sets the delimeter between Data Formatting Tokens. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled.	ALL
FORMAT.DISCARD-UNMATCHED	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Data Formatting Discard Unmatched Data.	ALL
FORMAT.REGEXP	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		regular expression string	Data Formatting Regular Expression. Requires Data Formatting Advanced Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.STANDARD	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Data Formatting Standard Mode. Standard Mode Formatting Enables: Leading Text, Data, Data Delimeter, Terminating Text, Terminating CRLF.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-BEGIN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		leading output text	Data Formatting Leading Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TEXT-END	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		trailing text	Data Formatting Trailing Text. Requires Data Formatting Standard Mode Enabled. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
FORMAT.TOKEN	Data Formatting	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		token string	Data Formatting Standard Data. Regardless of the parameters given to GET FORMAT.TOKEN, it will return the current data formatting token string contained in the Standard Formatting window pointed to by the current value of GET FORMAT.PROG-TARG. See Data Formatting Token Table for available elements. See the Overview topic for formatting requirements for the string argument.	ALL
I2O5.CHKCHAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Check Character.	ALL
I2O5.CODESIZE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	any min max	[ON\|OFF] [4-max] [min-80]	any length code minimum code length maximum code length	I2of5 Code Size. For the Manatee Works SDK, all of the Code 25 variants use the same minimum length; thus it will accept either C25.CODESIZE or I205.CODESIZE.	ALL
I2O5.QZ-SIZE	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[0\|100]		Quiet zone single strictness size.	ALL
I2O5.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	I2of5 Transmit Check Character.	ALL
IMAGE.LOAD	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0		num-bytes			Loads image from PC to Reader.
IMAGE.SEND-SLOT	Camera		3.0.0
IMAGE.SEND-TYPE	Camera		3.0.0
INPUT.ACTION1	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	mode state	[0-3] [ON\|OFF]	0: Train Code 1: Optimize Brighness 2: Set Match String 3: Optimize focus (Only for readers with a liquid lens.) enable/disable	Input Line 1 Action.	Fixed mount readers.
INPUT.VIRTUAL	Action	PRIVATE	3.0.0		line state	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Software Virtual Input. Trigger is equivalent to line 0. Note that the input actions "Train Code," "Optimize Brightness," "Set Match String," and "Read Configuration Code" are carried out only after the next trigger.	Fixed mount devices.
KEY.LANGUAGE	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[0-13]	0: Alt Key Combo 1: DE 2: US 3: JP 4: FR 5: ES 6: NO 7: FI 8: CZ 9: IT 10: HU 11: ES (Xkb) 12: CZ (Xkb) 13: IT (Xkb) 14: UK (Xkb) 15: BR (Xkb) 16: MX (Xkb)	Gets or sets the keyboard language.	ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
KEY.ZERO-PAD	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	language	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		ALL except for DM60, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers and DM503.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-1]	0: Off 1: On	Aimer Enable. Default is ON.	ALL except for DM503 and DM8050.
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: LED 2: Laser 3: Both	Aimer Enable.	DM700
LIGHT.AIMER	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	aimer-mode	[0-3]	0: Off 1: On when idle 2: Blink (default) 3: On (default)	Aimer Enable.	DM7500
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-POLARITY	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	polarity	[0-1]	0: Active Low 1: Active High	External illlumination output polarity.	Fixed mount readers except for DM70, DM150, DM260.
LIGHT.EXTERNAL-PRECHARGE-TIME	Camera	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	time	[1-980]	microseconds	External light precharge time.	Fixed mount readers.
MULTICODE.IMAGE-REVERSE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	ON: sort last image first OFF: sort first image first	Image sorting order preference.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.ACTION	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line action	[0-7] [0-1]	line number 0: Open 1: Close	Output Action. Open or Close output line on event. Only supported on line 1.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.CQ-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Code Quality failed actions. Verifiers only.
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Data Validation Failure. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified Data Validation failure event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.DATAVALID-FAIL	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output Data Validation failed actions.
OUTPUT.EVENTS	IO	PREVIEW	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line read no-read validation-failure trigger-overrun buffer-overflow verification-failure user event 1 user event 2	[0-7] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1] [0-1]	i/o line number 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On	Output Events. Configure output line to signal based on event.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.GOOD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual Good-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.GOOD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output good read actions.
OUTPUT.NOREAD	Action	PREVIEW	3.0.0					Virtual No-Read. Device beeps, flashes indicator lights, and sets output lines as if the specified no-read event occurred.	ALL
OUTPUT.NOREAD	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output no read actions.
OUTPUT.PULSE-WIDTH	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line ms	[0-7] [0-30000]	i/o line number milliseconds	Output Pulse-width.	Fixed mount readers.
OUTPUT.RESERVED	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	line reserved	[0-7] [ON\|OFF]	i/o line number enable/disable	Output Reserved for External Illumination. Line will be controlled by acquisition system when enabled.	Fixed mount readers, except DM50, DM60 and DM70.
OUTPUT.TRIG-OVERRUN	IO	PRIVATE	3.0.0					Output trigger overrun actions.
PLANET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	PLANET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POSTNET.XMTCHK	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	POSTNET Transmit Check Character.	ALL
POWER.SLEEP	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Power Save Mode Enable.	DM7500
POWER.SLEEPTIME	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	secs	[0, 60, 120... 600]	seconds	Time before entering power-save mode.	DM7500
PRESENT.NEVER2X	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Never Read the Same Code Twice. OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation mode only.	ALL
PRESENT.REREAD	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Re-read Delay.	ALL
PRESENT.RESCAN	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	ms	[0-10000]	milliseconds	OBSOLETED in 4.5. Presentation Mode Rescan Delay.	ALL
PROFINET.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enabled or disabled PROFINET communications.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
QR.MICRO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Micro QR Code.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-1.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
QR.MODEL2	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	QR model-2.	ALL except for DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
REBOOT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0					Reboot the Device. Rebooting the Device restores the Configuration stored in Non-Volatile Memory. Commands will not be processed for several seconds while the device reboots. If communication settings are changed, connection with device may be lost. Note that when connected via USB-COM, the application must release the COM port.	ALL
RESULT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0	GET	target	[0-1]	0: Result string 1: XML formatted	Optional Send Last Result. By default the result string is in ASCII format, but this can be changed to Base64 with the DATA.RESULT-ENCODING command.	ALL
RESULT.NO-READ-STRING	IO	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	string		no-read-string	No-Read Output String.	ALL
SDK.VERSION	System	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET				Gets or sets the SDK version. Used by early versions of the DataMan SDK.
SETUP.ENABLE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Setup Enable. One Setup must always be enabled. Enable the desired Setup, before disabiling another Setup. For DM300 series readers, this command works for the active setup.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.NAME	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	name			Setup Name. User defined name.	DM50, DM60, DM70, DM150, DM260, DM300, DM360, DM370, DM470 series readers, DM503, DM8600, MX-1000
SETUP.PROG-TARGET	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	category	[0-3]	0: General Purpose 1: Curved Surface 2: Under Marked 3: Mirrored Surface	Define the target Read Setup (must exist) for subsequent parameter command changes. Note: Special cases for 8600.	DM8600
SYMBOL.4STATE-AUS	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Australia Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-JAP	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State Japan Post Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.4STATE-UPU	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable 4-State UPU Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.C128	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 128 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C39	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 39 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.C93	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Code 93 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.CODABAR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Codabar Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.DATAMATRIX	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable DataMatrix Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.EAN-UCC	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable EAN-UCC Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.I2O5	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.MICROPDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Micro-PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PDF417	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PDF 417 Symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PHARMACODE	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable Pharmacode symbology.	ALL
SYMBOL.PLANET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable PLANET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM302L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.POSTNET	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable POSTNET Symbology.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L, and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.QR	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable QR-Code Symbology. Enables QR and Micro QR in Manatee Works SDK.	ALL except for DM150QL, DM260QL, DM300L, DM503L and DM503QL.
SYMBOL.RPC	Symbology	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Reader Programming Code.	DM70, DM150, DM260
SYMBOL.UPC-EAN	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable UPC/EAN Symbology. It will enable UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, and EAN-13 in Manatee Works SDK (just like MX).	ALL
TRAIN.BRIGHT	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		type	[ON\|OFF]	ON: Start Train Brightness Algorithm OFF: Abort Train Brightness Algorithm	Generate a fixed value for the exposure setting based on the particular scene, similar to the Optimize Brightness button in the Setup Tool.	Fixed mount devices.
TRAIN.CODE	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Train symbology using next sucessful decode.	Fixed mount devices.
TRIGGER	Action	PUBLIC	3.0.0		state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable ON: Scanning process is initiated, displaying the preview if necessary, decoding frames, etc. OFF: Scanning process is terminated, even if a barcode has not been decoded.	Software Trigger.	ALL
TRIGGER.DELAY	Camera	PRIVATE	3.0.0	SET\|GET	milliseconds	[0-10000]		Trigger Delay. Delay camera acquisition by specified number of milliseconds.	ALL
TRIGGER.TYPE	Camera	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	type	[0-5]	0: Single (external) 1: Presentation (internal) 2: Manual (button) 3: Burst (external) 4: Self (internal) 5: Continuous (external)	Trigger Type. The camera API should return the current trigger type value.	DM700 and DM8000 series readers support only Presentation and Manual trigger types. MX-1000, MX-1502 and Mobile support only Manual and Continuous trigger types.
UPC-EAN.DELZERO	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Delete Leading Zero.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EAN8SUPL	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Allow EAN8 Supplementals.	ALL
UPC-EAN.EXPANDED	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN Expanded.	ALL
UPC-EAN.SUPPLEMENT	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	option	[0-4]	0: Ignore 1: Required 2: Required 2 digit 3: Required 5 digit 4: Not required	UPC/EAN Supplementals. The Manatee Works SDK only supports turning UPC/EAN supplement code support on/off, while the DMCC command allows them to be off, required, require a 2 digit, require a 5 digit, or optionally permit them. The Manatee Works SDK will treat options 1-4 the same; to simply enable them.	ALL
UPC-EAN.UPCE1	Symbology	PUBLIC	3.0.0	SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	UPC/EAN UPCE1 Enabled.	ALL
MC-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PRIVATE		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable MC-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enable or disable Modbus/TCP communication.	Ethernet readers. The DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.
MODBUSTCP.HOLDING-ONLY	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable		Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet.
SLMP-PROTOCOL.ENABLED	Communication	PUBLIC		SET\|GET	state	[ON\|OFF]	enable/disable	Enables or disables SLMP-Protocol communication.	Ethernet readers. DM8000 series wireless readers also support this protocol if the base station is connected through Ethernet. In the case of a Bluetooth connection, the command has to be sent to the base station, not to the reader.

DataMan Control Commands Documentation